HomeMy WebLinkAbout1130 S Baldwin Ave $5 - 2025 - Hey TeaSHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
T-0
TI
T
L
E
S
H
E
E
T
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: TYPE: III-A
1. BUILDING STORIES : 1
2. FIRE SPRINKLER: YES
3. REQUIRED 1 EXIT, PROVIDED 1 EXIT
4. OCCUPANCY TYPE: B
SCOPE OF WORK
RESTAURANT INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT
AREA: 1,526 S.F.
- NEW NON-BEARING WALL PARTITION
- NEW KITCHEN EQUIPMENT
- NEW ELECTRICAL OUTLET
- NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE
VICINITY MAP
ACCESSIBILITY NOTE
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SAFE AND CONTINUOUS PASSAGE FOR LOCAL PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AT ALL TIMES.
2. SHOULD ANY OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES OR ANY OTHER FACILITIES CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED WORK AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND AWAIT THE RELOCATION AND/OR ALTERNATE DESIGN.
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SO CONDUCT HIS OPERATIONS AS TO OFFER THE LEAST POSSIBLE OBSTRUCTION AND INCONVENIENCE TO THE PUBLIC, AND HE
SHALL HAVE UNDER CONSTRUCTION NO GREATER LENGTH OR AMOUNT OF WORK THAN HE CAN EXECUTE PROPERLY WITH DUE REGARD TO THE RIGHTS OF THE
PUBLIC.
4. CONVENIENT ACCESS T0 DRIVEWAYS AND BUILDINGS ALONG THE LINE OF WORK SHALL BE MAINTAINED, AND TEMPORARY CROSSINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED
AND MAINTAINED IN GOOD CONDITIONS. NOT MORE THAN ONE CROSSING OR INTERSECTING STREET OR ROAD SHALL BE CLOSED AT ANY ONE TIME WITHOUT THE
APPROVAL OF THE OWNER.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN SUCH FENCES, BARRIERS, DIRECTIONAL SIGNS. LIGHTS. AND FLAG MEN AS ARE NECESSARY TO GIVE
ADEQUATE WARNING TO THE PUBLIC AT ALL TIMES OF ANY DANGEROUS CONDITIONS TO BE ENCOUNTERED AS A RESULT OF THE CONSTRUCTION WORK AND TO
GIVE DIRECTIONS TO THE PUBLIC.
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE DUE CARE TO AVOID INJURY TO EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS OR FACILITIES, UTILITY FACILITIES, ADJACENT PROPERTY, AND
TREES AND SHRUBBERY.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT PRIOR TO ENTERING PROJECT SITE.
7. IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR
CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY
COMPLY WITH ALL STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, AND ORDERS RELATING TO SAFETY TO THE PUBLIC AND WORKERS.
8. ALL WORK RELATED TO ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE GOVERNING POWER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS.
9. ALL WORK EMBODIED IN THESE PLANS SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH - APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE CURRENT GOVERNING BUILDING CODE.
10. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE IN ANY WAY FOR THE CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS' COMPLIANCE WITH THE "OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY REGULATIONS OF U.S. DEPARTMENT LABOR OR WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS "CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
ORDERS" OR ANY OTHER GOVERNING AGENCY SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
GENERAL NOTE
11. CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES THAT HE SHALL ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION
OF THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY, THAT HIS RESPONSIBILITY SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING
HOURS AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD THE OWNER THE ARCHITECT, AND THE ARCHITECT'S CONSULTANTS HARMLESS FROM ANY AND
ALL LIABILITY, REAL OR ALLEGED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THIS PROJECT EXCEPTING FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE
OWNER OR ARCHITECT.
12. SITE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (CBC CHAPTER 11-B) WILL BE REVIEWED UNDER THE GRADING PLAN CHECK NUMBER.
13. ALL MATERIALS INSTALLED SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF CLASS III. INSULATION, PIPING, WIRING ETC. SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD CLASS PER SECTION 707.
14. ALL HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
15. ALL STUDS ARE 2X6 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
16. PADS AT ROUGH GRADING WILL HAVE A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1% TOWARDS THE STREET DESIGNED DRAINAGE OUTLET. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS.
17. FINISH GRADING WILL BE COMPLETED AND APPROVED AND SLOPE PLANTING AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS INSTALLED BEFORE OCCUPANCY OF BUILDINGS.
18. SECURE ENCROACHMENT PERMIT PER THE CITY'S REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION, GRADING AND OR DISCHARGE OF DRAINAGE WITHIN STREET RIGHT OF WAY.
19. SECURITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SWINGING DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES BUILDING CODE.
20. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STEEL CERTIFICATIONS TO THE CITY GOVERNING AGENCY BUILDING DIVISION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
21. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AND
OBTAIN APPROVALS FROM THE INSURANCE SERVICE OFFICE, (I.R.I). BUILDINGS, FIRE DEPARTMENT AND OTHER REQUIRED GOVERNING AGENCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO
THE ARCHITECT FOR HIS REVIEW PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM FROM CONNECTION TO SITE
WATER MAIN TO INTERIOR OF BUILDING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND TO PLAN INDICATING BUILDINGS TO BE SPRINKLED ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED TO UPGRADE THE FIRE
SPRINKLERED SYSTEM SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. FIRE SPRINKLER DRAWINGS SHALL BE UNDER A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.
22. THE FIRE SPRINKLER SERVICE MUST BE EQUIPPED AND INSTALLED PER FIRE DEPARTMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL
CONTACT THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR WATER DESIGN SPECS. ON UNDERGROUND CONNECTION.
TURNING SPACE
1. Circular turning spaces shall be a space of 60 inches diameter minimum and may include knee and toe clearance complying with 11B-306 Knee and Toe Clearance. §11B-304.3.1
2. T-Shaped turning spaces shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch square minimum with arms and base 36 inches wide minimum. Each arm of the T shall be clear of obstructions 12
inches minimum in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24 inches minimum. §11B-304.3.2, Figure 11B-304.3.2
KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE
1. For lavatories and built-in dining and work surfaces required to be accessible, toe clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width and 9 inches in height above the finish floor or
ground for a depth of 19 inches minimum. §11B-306.2.1
2. Toe clearance shall extend 19 inches maximum under lavatories for toilet and bathing facilities and 25 inches maximum under other elements. §11B-306.2.2
3. At lavatories in toilet and bathing facilities, knee clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width for a depth of 11 inches at 9 inches above the finish floor or ground and for a
depth of 8 inches at 27 inches above the finish floor or ground increasing to 29 inches high minimum above the finish floor or ground at the front edge of a counter with a built-in lavatory
or at the front edge of a wall-mounted lavatory fixture. §11B- 306.3.3, Figure 11B-306.3(c)
4. At dining and work surfaces required to be accessible, knee clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width at 27 inches above the finish floor or ground for a depth of at least 19
inches. §11B-306.3
DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES
1. Doors, doorways, and gates providing user passage shall be provided in accordance with 11B-206.5 Doors, Doorways, and Gates. §11B-206.5
2. Doors, doorways and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates. §11B-404.1
3. Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with
the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width
lower than 34 inches above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches and 80 inches above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches.
§11B-404.2.3
4. Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.1. §11B- 404.2.4.1
5. Doorways less than 36 inches wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.2. §11B-404.2.4.2
6. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches of the latch side an interior doorway, or within 24 inches of the latch side of an
exterior doorway, projects more than 8 inches beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. §11B- 404.2.4.3
7. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1⁄2 inch high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces and
11B-303 Changes in Level. §11B- 404.2.5
8. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 11B-309.4 Operation. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches minimum and
44 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. §11B-404.2.7
9. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: §11B-404.2.9
a. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds maximum.
b. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds maximum.
c. Required fire doors: the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not to exceed 15 pounds.
d. Exterior hinged doors: 5 pounds maximum.
10. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or
gate. Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch of the same plane as the other and be free of sharp or abrasive edges. Cavities created by
added kick plates shall be capped. §11B-404.2.10
RAMPS
1. Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12 (8.33%). §11B-405.2
2. Cross slope of ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48 (2.083%). §11B-405.3
3. Floor or ground surfaces of ramp runs shall comply with 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Changes in level other than the running slope and cross slope are not permitted on ramp
runs. §11B-405.4
4. The clear width of a ramp run shall be 48 inches minimum. §11B-405.5
5. The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches maximum. §11B-405.6
6. Ramps shall have landings at the top and the bottom of each ramp run. §11B-405.7
7. Landings shall comply with 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Changes in level are not permitted. §11B- 405.7.1
8. The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the widest ramp run leading to the landing. §11B- 405.7.2
9. Top landings shall be 60 inches wide minimum. §11B-405.7.2.1
10. The landing clear length shall be 60 inches long minimum. §11B-405.7.3
11. Bottom landings shall extend 72 inches minimum in the direction of ramp run. §11B-405.7.3.1
12. Ramps that change direction between runs at landings shall have a clear landing 60 inches minimum by 72 inches minimum in the direction of downward travel from the upper ramp run.
§11B-405.7.4
13. Where doorways are located adjacent to a ramp landing, maneuvering clearances required by 11B-404.2.4 and 11B-404.3.2 shall be permitted to overlap the required landing area. Doors,
when fully open, shall not reduce the required ramp landing width by more than 3 inches. Doors, in any position, shall not reduce the minimum dimension of the ramp landing to less than 42
inches. §11B-405.7.5
14. Ramp runs shall have compliant handrails per 11B-505 Handrails. §11B-405.8
15. Edge protection complying with 11B-405.9.2 Curb or Barrier shall be provided on each side of ramp runs
and at each side of ramp landings. §11B-405.9 (See exceptions)
16. A curb, 2 inches high minimum, or barrier shall be provided that prevents the passage of a 4 inch diameter sphere, where any portion of the sphere is within 4 inches of the finish floor or
ground surface. To prevent wheel entrapment, the curb or barrier shall provide a continuous and uninterrupted barrier along the length of the ramp. §11B-405.9.2
17. Landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water. §11B-405.10
CURB RAMPS, BLENDED TRANSITIONS AND ISLANDS
1. Perpendicular ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12 (8.33%). §11B-406.2.1
2. For perpendicular ramps, where provided, curb ramp flares shall not be steeper than 1:10. §11B-406.2, Figure 11B-406.2.2
3. The running slope of the curb ramp segments shall be in-line with the direction of sidewalk travel. Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12 (8.33%). §11B-406.3.1, Figure
11B-406.3.2
4. A turning space 48 inches minimum by 48 inches minimum shall be provided at the bottom of the curb ramp. The slope of the turning space in all directions shall be 1:48 maximum (2.083%).
§11B-406.3.2
5. Blended transition ramps hall have a running slope not steeper than 1:20 (5%). §11B-406.4.1
6. Curb ramps and the flared sides of curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes, parking spaces, or parking access aisles. Curb ramps at marked
crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides. §11B-406.5.1
7. The clear width of curb ramp runs (excluding any flared sides), blended transitions, and turning spaces shall be 48 inches minimum. §11B-406.5.2
8. Landings shall be provided at the tops of curb ramps and blended transitions (parallel curb ramps shall not be required to comply). The landing clear length shall be 48 inches minimum. The
landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the curb ramp, excluding any flared sides, or the blended transition leading to the landing. The slope of the landing in all directions shall be 1:48
(2.083%) maximum. §11B-406.5.3
9. Grade breaks at the top and bottom of curb ramp runs shall be perpendicular to the direction of the ramp run. Grade breaks shall not be permitted on the surface of ramp runs and turning
spaces. Surface slopes that meet at grade breaks shall be flush. §11B-406.5.6
10. The cross slope of curb ramps and blended transitions shall be 1:48 (2.083%) maximum. §11B-406.5.7
11. Counter slopes of adjoining gutters and road surfaces immediately adjacent to and within 24 inches of the curb ramp shall not be steeper than 1:20 (5%). The adjacent surfaces at
transitions at curb ramps to walks, gutters, and streets shall be at the same level. §11B-406.5.8
12. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have a clear space 48 inches minimum outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. Diagonal curb ramps provided at marked crossings shall provide
the 48 inches minimum clear space within the markings. §11B-406.5.9
13. Curb ramps and blended transitions shall have detectable warnings complying with 11B-705 Detectable Warnings. §11B-406.5.12
14. Raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or have curb ramps at both sides. The clear width of the accessible route at islands shall be 60 inches wide minimum.
Where curb ramps are provided, they shall comply with 11B-406 Curb Ramps, Blended Transitions and Islands. Landings complying with 11B-406.5.3 Landings and the accessible route shall
be permitted to overlap. Islands shall have detectable warnings complying with 11B-705 Detectable Warnings and Detectable Directional Texture. §11B-406.6, Figure 11B-406.6
GENERAL SITE AND BUILDING ELEMENTS
1. Where parking spaces are provided, accessible parking spaces shall be provided in number and kind required per Section 11B-208 Parking Spaces. §11B-208.1
2. Where passenger loading zones, drop-off zones, and/or bus stops are provided, accessible passenger loading zones, drop-off zones, and/or bus stops are required.
SEPARATE PERMITAPPLICABLE CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC)
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC)
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
CONTACT INFO
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH NOTES
The following Environmental Health notes are to be placed on your plans to assist in providing clear direction between those involved in the actual
construction of a food facility including contractors and Environmental Health Specialists. These notes will encompass most food facilities but are not
meant to be comprehensive for all food facilities or situations:
1.A concrete slab is provided for trash, garbage, and grease container. If walls enclose area, the interior wall surfaces will be smooth, sealed and washable (e.g.,
plastered smooth and painted, etc.).
2.All food-related and utensil-related equipment shall meet or be equivalent to sanitation standards established by an American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
accredited program.
3.All floor mounted equipment will be installed on minimum 6" sanitary legs, castors, or completely sealed in position on a 4 " high curb with continuously coved
base. Countertop equipment will be on 4-inch sanitary legs or sealed to the counter unless readily movable.
4.If soft drink, ice or other dispensers are self-service, or if refills are provided they must be push button types, or lever types where the lever contacts the
container at least one inch below the rim.
5.Any openable windows vent openings or other similar openings must be provided with tight fitting screens of minimum 16-mesh to the inch. Windows to be fixed
at food prep, utensil-washing, open food and utensil storage areas.
6.All exterior doors open outward and are self-closing and tight fitting.
7.Bi-fold, French, accordion style and roll-up doors cannot open into the food prep, utensil washing or unpackaged food service areas.
8.Toilet room and dressing room doors must be self-closing, tight fitting.
9.Delivery doors to have air curtain fans that span the width over the door. The fan must activate via a microswitch providing a minimum velocity of 1600 fpm
measured 3 feet above the ground.
10.A minimum of 10 foot-candles of light measured 30" off floor is provided in walk-in refrigerated storage and dry storage rooms and at least 20-foot candles is
provided where food is provided for consumer self-service, where fresh produce or prepackaged foods are sold or offered for consumption; inside equipment
such as reach-in and under-counter refrigerators; in areas used for handwashing, warewashing, equipment and utensil storage, and in toilet rooms.
11.A minimum of 50 foot-candles of light measured 30" off floor is provided when working with food or working with utensils or equipment such as knives,
slicers, grinders, or saws where employee safety is a factor and in all areas during periods of cleaning.
12.Shattershields for all lights above food preparation, work, and storage areas will be provided.
13.All warewashing sinks to have 3 compartments that are a minimum size of at least 18"x18"x12" deep (or 16"x20"x12" deep) with a minimum 18" drainboard
at each end. If against a wall, it must have an 8" integral backsplash. However, it must be capable of accommodating the largest utensil to be washed. A
warewashing machine does not substitute for the sink requirement.
14.Sinks to have spout(s) capable of reaching each compartment.
15.Food prep sink compartment(s) to be at least 18"x18"x12" deep (or 16"x20"x12" deep) with a minimum 18" drainboard. Separate food prep sinks to be
provided for meats and produce.
16.The 3 or 4 compartment bar sink to be at least 12"x12"x10" deep (or 10"x14"x10" deep) with a minimum 18" drainboard at each end.
17.A separate wet waste dump fixture shall be provided for disposal of drink or waste ice or coffee waste.
18.Each handwashing sink must have permanently mounted single-service soap and paper towel dispensers.
19.The hot water heater will be a commercial type capable of constantly supplying hot water at a temperature of 120ºF to all sinks. In sizing the water heater,
the peak hourly demand for all sinks, etc., are added together to determine the minimum required recovery rate.
20.All lavatories or hand sinks will have a combination faucet or premixing faucet capable of supplying water tempered to 100ºF. Self-closing or metered faucet
to provide at least 15 seconds of water without reactivation.
21.All plumbing, electrical and gas lines shall be concealed within the building structure to as great an extent as possible. All exposed conduits, plumbing, etc.
shall be installed at least 6" off floor and 3/4" from walls using standoff brackets.
22.Conduits, plumbing or piping cannot be installed across any aisle way, traffic area or door opening.
23.Multiple runs or clusters of conduit or pipelines shall be furred in or encased in an approved sealed enclosure.
24.All liquid waste shall be drained by means of indirect waste pipes into a floor sink. Floor sinks are to be installed flush with the finished floor surface and have
suitable easily removable safety cover grates.
25.Floor sink to be 50% exposed when no access is provided for cleaning or be in line with the front face of elevated freestanding equipment.
26.Approved backflow prevention devices shall be properly installed upstream of any potential hazard between the potable water supply and a source of
contamination. Hoses shall not be attached to a faucet or hose bibb unless an approved backflow preventer is provided.
27.Water supply to carbonators shall be protected by an approved reduced pressure principle backflow preventer. The relief valve shall drain indirectly to sewer
with a legal air gap.
28.For cleaning floor mats, the janitorial sink to be a minimum 24" by 36" floor-mounted type. Mops shall be placed in a position that allows them to air-dry
without soiling walls, equipment, or supplies.
29.The janitorial sink faucet will have a threaded outer lip for hose attachment and an approved backflow prevention device. No chemical dispensing systems or
shutoff valves to be attached to mop sink faucet outlet (unless a "sidekick" plumbing device is installed).
30.No condensate or wastewater including HVAC will drain into the janitorial sink.
31.Grease trap to be located outside the food service activity area, flush with the finished floor when indoors. Local wastewater district or building department to
be contacted for grease removal requirements.
32.Floor drains shall be installed in floors that are water-flushed for cleaning and in areas where pressure spray methods for cleaning equipment are used, in
restrooms, janitorial rooms, sculleries, and at bars with warewashing. Floor surfaces in areas pursuant to this shall be sloped 1:50 to the floor drains.
33.Adequate ventilation is to be provided to all toilet rooms, janitor closets with mop sinks, and indoor trash rooms and in dressing/change room(s).
34.The floor finish will have a smooth surface under all equipment and walkways will have a light texture only.
35.The paint used on walls and ceilings of all kitchen, food preparation, work, and storage areas will be a gloss or semi-gloss enamel. Finish material shall be a
light color in food prep areas for easy cleaning.
36.Prior to installation, samples of finishes to be submitted to Environmental Health for approval as needed.
37.Cold storage rooms shall be provided with a section of shelving installed to hold shallow cool down pans -not to exceed 4" in height. Space between
shelving to be at least 8" high.
38.Backup dry storage shelving shall be a minimum of 96 linear feet (measured with tiers) or 25% of kitchen, food prep, and work areas, whichever is greater.
Shelving shall be at least 18 inches deep and start a minimum six inches off the floor surface.
39.Shelving over wet areas (sinks, mop sinks etc.) and food prep surfaces will be metal.
40.All seams, gaps, openings to be properly sealed.
1.BEFORE SUBMITTING THE BID, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE PLANS PERTAINING TO THIS WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE
SITE AND FULLY INFORM HIMSELF AS TO ALL CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS APPLYING TO THIS WORK HE SHALL ESTIMATE AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID A SUM
SUFFICIENT TO COVER THE COST OF ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS TO ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY THE Governing AUTHORITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION.
3. ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE IN THE OWNER'S NAME, AND CHARGES FOR INSTALLATION OF THE WATER AND GAS METERS AND ALL PIPING FROM
MAIN TO SAID METERS.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SENT PROPER NOTICES. MAKE ALL NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS AND PERFORM ALL SERVICES REQUIRED IN THE
MAINTENANCE OF ALL PUBLIC UTILITIES
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUIRE SUCH COOPERATION OF THE VARIOUS TRADES AS WILL BE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE EACH AND EVERY PART OF
THE WORK. EVEN
THROUGHOUT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. NOTED OR DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS
OR SPECIFICATIONS.
7. DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOBSITE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY( THE CONTRACTORS. DISCREPANCIES IN THE DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN THE
DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS OR CODE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT. CORRECTED DRAWINGS OR
INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE ISSUED By THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK
CONTRACTOR NOTES
FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES
1.EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING ANY HAZARDOUS AREA OR WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD
OF 50 OR MORE.
2.EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.
3.WIDTH AND HEIGHT OF REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS TO COMPLY WITH CBC2022 SECTION 1005
4.EXITS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ANY TIME THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED, WITH LIGHT HAVING AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOT-CANDLE
AT FLOOR LEVEL.
5.EXIT SIGN SHALL BE PER CBC 2019
6.FIRE EXTINGUISHER REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY FIRE INSPECTOR.
7.BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS TO BE PROVIDED ON THE FRONT OF ALL BUILDINGS AND SHALL BE VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM STREET FRONTING
THE PROPERTY. SAID NUMBERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND.
8.COMMERCIAL DUMPSTER OR CONTAINERS WITH AN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY ON 1.5 CUBIC YARDS OR GREATER SHALL NOT BE STORED OR PLACED
WITHIN FIVE FEET OF COMBUSTIBLE WALLS, OPENINGS OR COMBUSTIBLE ROOF EAVE LINES UNLESS AREAS CONTAINING DUMPSTER ARE
PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED SPRINKLER SYSTEM.
9.AN APPROVAL FIXED FIRE EXTINGUISHES SYSTEM FOR THE KITCHEN HOOD, DUCTS AND COOKING SURFACES SHALL BE HANDLED BY THE
LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION CO. TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE DEPT. FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
10.THE LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION CO. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE U.L. APPROVAL SYSTEM NUMBER, THE SUBMISSION U.L. APPROVAL SCHEMATIC
DRAWING TO AREA INSPECTION UNIT.
11.INTERIOR FINISH SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC2019 TABLE 803.5
12.ALL DRAPES, HANGINGS, CURTAINS, DROPS AND ALL OTHER DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH FIRE CODE CHAPTER 11
13. BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED SO AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET FRONTING
THE PROPERTY. THE NUMBERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4 INCHES HIGH, 1 INCH WIDE WITH A 1/2 INCH STROKE. FOR BUILDINGS SET BACK MORE
THAN 150 FEET FROM THE STREET, THE NUMBERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 5 INCHES HIGH, 2 INCHES WIDE WITH A 1/2 INCH STROKE. CFC 505.1
14.THE INSPECTION, HYDROSTATIC TEST AND FLUSHING OF THE UNDERGROUND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE WITNESSED BY AN
AUTHORIZED FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE AND NO UNDERGROUND PIPING OR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE COVERED WITH EARTH OR
HIDDEN FROM VIEW UNTIL THE FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN NOTIFIED AND GIVEN NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS IN WHICH TO
INSPECT SUCH INSTALLATIONS. FIRE CODE.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: TOP-ARC GROUP
CONTACT: STEVEN CHEN
ADDRESS: 1140 Centre Dr, Suite E,Walnut, CA 91789
P: 626-226-3939 E: YAOLONG0221@YAHOO.COM
MOLLY TEA
1130 S. Baldwin Ave., #A5, Arcadia, CA 91007
1. SIGN PROGRAM IS UNDER A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL BY BUILDING DEPT.
2. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL BY
THE FIRE DEPT.
3. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED BY A CITY OF LOS ANGELES
RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY OR APPROVED BY THE THE DEPARTMENT.
EXTERIOR ADA UNDER SHELL BUILDING PERMIT AND TO BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO FRAMING INSPECTION FOR THIS PROJECT
ALL PARTIES AGREE THAT ADA REQUIREMENTSTO BE
UPDATED ENTIRETY TO CBC CHAPTER
11TENANTIMPROVEMENT SHALL COMPLY TO SEC11B-202
SIGNATURE:DATED:6.1.2024
4. NOTATE: MAX 5’-9” HIGH SHELVES. OTHERWISE ENGINEERING IS REQUIRED.
5. EXTERIOR ADA UNDER SHELL BUILDING PERMIT AND TO BE COMPLETED PRIOR
TO FRAMING INSPECTION FOR THIS PROJECT
Construction debris shall be recycled per State
mandate.
The contractor will be required to use the city’s
franchised hauler (Athens waste
management) or provide a deposit and debris
estimate at permit issuance should they choose
to self-haul.
TOTAL
DINNING AREA
RESTROOM AREA
SECTION
AREA: 1237 S.F.
OCCUPANCY LOAD
293 sq. ft.O.L =293/15=20
STORAGE ROOM 77 sq. ft.O.L =77/200=1
AREA
HALL WAY
57 sq. ft.
310 sq. ft.
24 PERSON 14 PERSON
PREP/SERVICE AREA 500 sq. ft.O.L =500/200=3
O.L =293/30=10
O.L =77/200=1
O.L =500/200=3
OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATION
PLUMBINGOCCUPANCY LOAD
PAGE INDEX
T-0 TITLE SHEET
T-1 SITE PLAN
GC-1 2022 CAL GREEN
GC-2 2022 CAL GREEN
GC-3 2022 CAL GREEN
A-0 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
A-1 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN
A-1.1 EGRESS PLAN
A-2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & DETAIL
HD-1 H.C DETAIL
HD-2 H.C DETAIL
E-0 PANEL SCHEDULE
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E-1 POWER PLAN
E-2 CEILING PLAN
P-1 PLUMBING PLAN
P-2 WASTE PLAN
M-1 MECH NOTE
M-2 DUCT PLAN
M-3 TITLE 24
M-4 TITLE 24
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
T-1
EX
S
I
T
E
P
L
A
N
NOTES:
NO CHANGE TO SITE / INCREASE IN PARKING
PROPOSED TI.
EXISTING ACCESSIBLE
PATH OF TRAVEL
SITE LEGENDS:
EXISTING BUILDING
EXISTING GAS
STATION
EXISTING BUILDING A
(1-STORY)
EXISTING BUILDING B
(2-STORY)
(E) RAMP
EXISTING
BUILDING
C
N
SI
D
E
W
A
L
K
SI
D
E
W
A
L
K
EX SITE PLAN
N.T.S
OUTSIDE TRASH DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE. THE INTERIOR
WALLS AND FLOOR OF THE TRASHDUMPSTER
ENCLOSURE MUST BE SMOOTH AND SEALED WITH AN
EPOXY SEALER.
No abrupt changes in elevation along the path
of travel shown. The slope and crossslope
along the path of travel shall not exceed 5%
and 2% respectively. Inspector to verify.
8.33%
MAX.
48"
MIN.
8.33%
MAX.
FRONT EDGE
OF SIDEWALK
SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.12
48"
MIN.
FIGURES 11B-406.2.2 & 11B-406.5.3
PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP DETAIL
2% MAX. SLOPE AT
LANDING IN ALL
DIRECTIONS SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.11
FLARED
SIDES
10% MAX.
SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.12
SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.11
FRONT EDGE
OF SIDEWALK
2% MAX. SLOPE AT
LANDING IN ALL
DIRECTIONS RETAINING CURB IF
NECESSARY AT
BACK OF SIDEWALK
2%MA
X
.
8.
3
3
%
MA
X
.
48
"
MI
N
.
48
"
MI
N
.
STRIPES AT
36" MAX. O.C.
IN BLUE OR
WHITE
BLUE
BORDER
CENTERED
9'-0" MIN. O.C.
9'-0" MIN. O.C.
5'-0" MIN. AT TYP. ACCESSIBLE PARKING
STALL; 8'-0" MIN. AT PASSENGER SIDE
OF VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL
NOTE: ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE AND ACCESS AISLES NOT TO
EXCEED 2% SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS.
NOTE: VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 98" MIN. AT ACCESSIBLE PARKING
SPACES, ACCESS AISLES, AND VEHICULAR ROUTES SERVING THEM.
FIGURES 11B-502.2, 11B-502.3, & 11B-502.3.3 - PERPENDICULAR PARKING
PARKING STALLS 1
ALIGNED WITH
END OF STALL
NO
PARKING
WHEEL STOP
WITHIN THE
ACCESS AISLE
PAINT IN WHITE
THE WORDS "NO
PARKING" IN 12"
MIN. PER SEC.
11B-502.3.3
TYP. SURFACE
IDENTIFICATION
36" BY 36" PER
SEC. 11B-502.6.4
PEDESTRIAN ROUTE
70 SQ. INCH
ACCESSIBILITY
SIGN PER SEC.
11B-502.6.1
18
'
-
0
"
M
I
N
.
ACCESS AISLE 2
6'
-
0
"
ACCESS AISLE 28.33%
MAX.
8.33%
MAX.19.27.2024
COMMENTS 6.1
NOTE : ONLY APPROVED DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT, ACCESS COMPLIANCE
(DS/AC) APPROVED DETECTABLE WARNING PRODUCTS AND DIRECTIONAL SURFACES
SHALL BE INSTALLED.
19.30.2024
COMMENTS 6.2(A) c COMMENTS 6.2(B) b
11B-502.7.1 Arrangement
Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed so that persons using them are not required to
travel behind parking spaces other than to pass behind the parking space in which they parked.
HD-2 (9)
ACCESS
SIGN AT
ENTRANCE
19.30.2024
COMMENTS 6.2(A) c COMMENTS 6.2(B) b
ENTRANCE
(E) ADA PARKING
1
T-1
1
HD-2
AREA OF WORK
UNIT #A5
1130 S. Baldwin Ave., #A5,
Arcadia, CA 91007
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
GC-1
20
2
2
C
A
L
G
R
E
E
N
CHAPTER 5
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
SECTION 5.101 GENERAL
5.101.1 SCOPE
DIVISION 5.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 (January 2023)
Y
SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS
5.102.1 DEFINITIONS
(and are included here for reference)
CUTOFF LUMINAIRES.
LOW-EMITTING AND FUEL EFFICIENT VEHICLES.
NEIGHBORHOOD ELECTRIC VEHICLE (NEV).
TENANT-OCCUPANTS.
VANPOOL VEHICLE.
Note:
ZEV.
SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT
5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND.
5.106.1.1 Local ordinance
5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs).
DIVISION 5.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
SECTION 5.201 GENERAL
5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS].
DIVISION 5.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION
SECTION 5.301 GENERAL
5.301.1 Scope.
SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS
5.302.1 Definitions. (and are included here for reference)
EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS].
FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS].
METERING FAUCET
GRAYWATER.
MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO).
MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD]
POTABLE WATER.
POTABLE WATER. [HCD]
RECYCLED WATER.
SUBMETER. [HCD 1]
WATER BUDGET.
5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section
5.106.5.3.1 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code.
Exceptions:
1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon
one of the following conditions:
a.Where there is no local utility power supply
b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.
c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design
requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the
project.
2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with this code section
5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces.
[N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements:
1.Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall
originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the
EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV
charging spaces.
2.A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt,
40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each
EVCS.
3.The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each
EV capable space.
4.The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV
CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE."
Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one
standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an
enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details.
ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS:
HCD Department of Housing and Community Development
BSC California Building Standards Commission
DSA-SS Division of the State Architect, Structural Safety
OSHPD Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
LR Low Rise
HR High Rise
AA Additions and Alterations
N New
5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant-occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of
the tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.
5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant
vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.
5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a
minimum of one bicycle parking facility.
5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shall be convenient from the street and shall meet one of the
following:
1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;
2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or
3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.
Note: Additional information on recommended bicycle accommodations may be obtained from Sacramento Area Bicycle Advocates.
5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections
5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2
5.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new
building.
5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new
building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following:
1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;
2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or
3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.
5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING.
5.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter.
5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle
racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one
two-bike capacity rack.
Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces.
CHAPTER 3
GREEN BUILDING
SECTION 301 GENERAL
301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code.
Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this
code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7.
301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly
constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies
within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building
being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work.
A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A].
When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used.
301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only:
Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced
with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real
property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring
compliance.
301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work.
301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC)
301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC)
SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS
302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building
measures applicable to each specific occupancy.
SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS
303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building
components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply.
303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements
shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations.
5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS).
ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section
5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a
minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs.
5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS.
When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3.
Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its
successor(s).
5.106.5.4 Electric Vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N]
Construction shall comply with section 5.106.5.4.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses,
grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty
EVSE.
Exceptions:
1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the
following conditions:
a.Where there is no local utility power supply.
b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.
c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design
requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.
When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows:
5.106.5.4.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouse, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces.
[N]In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV charging supply and distribution equipment, spare raceways(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for
transformers(s), service panels(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction
plans and specifications shall include but are not limited to, the following:
1.The transformer, main service equipment and subpanel shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.4.1 to accommodate the
dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE.
2.The construction documents shall indicate on or more location(s) convenient to the planned offstreet loading space(s) reserved for
medium-and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the
termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s) as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1
3.Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area where potential future medium-and heavy-duty
EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximity to the potential future location of the charging equipments for medium- and
heavy-duty vehicles.
4.The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system load to the future location of the charging for
medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1.
TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACESNUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES
¹¹
5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to comply with the following:
1.The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative
Code; and
2.Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8);
3.Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) and
4.Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7,
whichever is more stringent.
Exceptions: [N]
ALLOWABLE RATING LIGHTING ZONE
LZ0
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ1
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ2
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ3
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ4
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT
RATING 3
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UPLIGHT
RATING (U)
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND.
Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must
comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater
Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality
Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit).
The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre-project hydrology) with the installation of
postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration,
and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures. Stormwater volume that cannot be
addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency.
Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the
stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development.
N/A Y N/A
2.The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count towards the total number of required EV capable
spaces shown in column 2.
5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)
EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1
may be provided with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC), except that at least one Level 2 EVSE shall be
provided.
One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by
Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger.
The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce
proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel.
Y N/A Y N/A
Y = YES
N/A =NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER,
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
5.106.8.1 Facing- Backlight
Exception: Corners.
5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare.
Note: [N]
California Building Code
California Energy
Code
California Building Code
5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from
entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.Swales.
2.Water collection and disposal systems.
3.French drains.
4.Water retention gardens.
5.Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge.Exception: Additions and alterations not
altering the drainage path.
5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS].
5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas.
Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in
Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting.
5.106.12.2 Landscape areas.
Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.
5.106.12.3.Hardscape areas.
Exceptions:
1.Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in
Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting.
2.Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.
BUILDING TYPE NUMBER OF OFF-STREET
LOADING SPACES
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
California Energy Code
Callifornia Administrative Code.
U
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
CG-2
20
2
2
C
A
L
G
R
E
E
N
5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS.
5.303.3.1 Water Closets.
Note:
5.303.3.2 Urinals.
5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals.
5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals.
5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG]
5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead.
5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower.
Note:
DIVISION 5.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY
SECTION 5.401 GENERAL
5.401.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING
5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.
5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan.
5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company.
Note:
Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2:
5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative.
5.408.1.4 Documentation.
Notes:
5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A]
Note
5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS.
Exception:
Notes:
DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
SECTION 5.501 GENERAL
5.501.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. (and are included here for reference)
ARTERIAL HIGHWAY.
A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA).
1 BTU/HOUR.
COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL).
COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS.
“”
––
Note:
DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn).
DECIBEL (db).
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV).
California Electrical Code
ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION(S) (EVCSj).
ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE).
ENERGY EQUIVALENT (NOISE) LEVEL (Leq).
EXPRESSWAY.
FREEWAY.
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP).
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE).
HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT.
.
LONG RADIUS ELBOW.
LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT.
MERV.–
MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR).
PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR).
PSIG.
REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC).
SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES.
SHORT RADIUS ELBOW.
SUPERMARKET.
VOC.
Note:
SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES
5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential
requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local
ordinances.
5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable,
and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits.
SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL
5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION.
5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction.
5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N]
5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N]
5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N]
5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N]
5.410.2.6 Commissioning report.[N]
5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING.New buildings less than 10,000 square feet.
5.410.4.2 (Reserved)
Note:
5.410.4.2 Systems.
5.410.4.3 Procedures.
5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 (January 2023)
SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS
5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS.
Exception
5.410.1.1 Additions.
Exception
5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance.Public
Resources Code
Note:’
5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N]
California Code of Regulations
5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N]
5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N]
5.303.1.2 Excess consumption.
SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE
5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or
the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent.
Notes:
5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections
5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with
Section 490 of Chapter 2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) shall be 0.65 with an
additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35.
Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the
MWELO.
5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet.
5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet.
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT.
5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers.
Note:
5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION.
5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS.
California Plumbing Code California Plumbing Code
Y N/A
SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS
5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. (and are included here for reference)
ADJUST.
BALANCE.
BUILDING COMMISSIONING.
’
ORGANIC WASTE.
TEST.
SECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT
5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION.
5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL.
5.407.2.1 Sprinklers.
5.407.2.2 Entries and openings
5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection.
5.407.2.2.2 Flashing.
5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N]New buildings 10,000 square feet and over.
’’
Note:
’’
Exceptions:
Note:
Informational Notes:
California Energy Code
5.410.4.4 Reporting.
5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual.
5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports.
Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
Y = YES
N/A =NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER,
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains.
5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets.
5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets.
5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains.
5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets.
5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains.
Note:
5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray value
California Code of Regulations
FOR REFERENCE ONLY:California Code of Regulations
PRODUCT CLASS
[spray force in ounce force (ozf)]MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm)
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
CG-3
20
2
2
C
A
L
G
R
E
E
N
5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings.
5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings.
California Code of Regulations
5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion.
5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive.
5.504.4.5 Composite wood products.
5.504.4.5.3 Documentation.
ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT
SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS
SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT
SEALANT PRIMERS
COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT
SPECIALTY COATINGS
PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT
5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food
stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units
or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or
greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities.
Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section.
Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants.
5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using
threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in
refrigerant systems except as noted below.
5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack.
5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less.
5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils.
5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil.
Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows.
5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows.
5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet
of the pressure relief valve.
5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve
inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve.
5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use.
5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic.
5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place.
5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps.
Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation.
5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant
material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances.
5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency.
5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the
receiver.
5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging.
5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum.
5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge.
5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured
with the same gauge.
5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging.
5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes.
5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes.
5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period.
CHAPTER 7
INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS
702 QUALIFICATIONS
702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and
equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct
supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems. Examples of acceptable HVAC
training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following:
1. State certified apprenticeship programs.
2. Public utility training programs.
3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations.
4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations.
5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.
702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall
employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate
competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications
acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special
inspector:
1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher.
2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy
auditors.
3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade.
4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.
Notes:
1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.
2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating
System (HERS).
[BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to
provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the
enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national
or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local
agency.
Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.
703 VERIFICATIONS
703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications,
builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific
documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable
checklist.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 (January 2023)
SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL
5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL
SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY.
California Energy Code
5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING.
5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms.
(DSA-SS) California Energy Code,
SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT
5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL.
Exception:
Exception: [DSA-SS]
5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method.
Exceptions:
5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available.
5.507.4.2 Performance Method.
5.507.4.2.1 Site Features.
5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance.
5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission.
Note:
SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY
5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1
and 5.508.1.2.
5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs.
5.508.1.2 Halons.
5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems.
5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance.
5.504.4.7 Thermal insulation
5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance.
5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels.
5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance.
5.504.5.3 Filters.
Exceptions:
5.504.5.3.1 Labeling.
5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL.
5.504.4.3.2 Verification.
5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems.
5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL.
5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks.
California Code of
Regulations
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
Y = YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER,
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
A-0
MATERIALS NOTES:
FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES:8
ALL FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 803.5, CBC.
TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND FOAM PANEL SPECS OF WALK IN COOLER AND FREEZER
TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
EX
I
S
T
I
N
G
FL
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
BASE WALL CEILING
ITEM
ROOM
FLOOR
ALL FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 803.9, CBC.
. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING CODE
803 AND TABLE 803.9
CLASS A: FLAME SPREAD 0-25; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
CLASS B: FLAME SPREAD 26-75; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
CLASS C: FLAME SPREAD 76-200; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929m2. NP = Not permitted [SFM]
a. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted for wainscotting or paneling of not more than 1,000 square feet of applied surface area in the grade lobby where applied directly to a noncombustible base or over
furring strips applied to a noncombustible base and flreblocked as required by Section 803.11.1.
b. In exit enclosures of buildings less than three stories above grade plane of other than Group 1-3, Class B interior finish for nonsprinklered buildings and Class C interior finish for sprinklered buildings shall be
permitted.
c. Requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces shall be based upon spaces enclosed by partitions. Where a fire-resistance rating is required for structural elements, the enclosing partitions shall extend from the floor
to the ceiling. Partitions that do not comply with this shall be considered enclosing spaces and the rooms or spaces on both sides shall be considered one. In determining the applicable requirements for rooms and
enclosed spaces, the specific occupancy thereof shall be the governing factor regardless of the group classification of the building or structure.
d. Lobby areas in Group A-l, A-2 and A-3 occupancies shall not be less than Class B materials.
e. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in places of assembly with an occupant load of 300 persons or less.
f. For places of religious worship, wood used for ornamental purposes, trusses, paneling or chancel furnishing shall be permitted.
g. Class B material is required where the building exceeds two stories.
h. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in administrative spaces. i. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in rooms with a capacity of four persons or less.
j. Class B materials shall be permitted as wainscotting extending not more than 48 inches above the finished floor in corridors. k. Finish materials as provided for in other sections of this code.
1. Applies when the exit enclosures, exit passageways, corridors or rooms and enclosed spaces are protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION 2
3'-
0
"
-5
'
-
0
"
CONC. SLAB
EXISTING
MIN.
20 GA.TOP TRACK(TYP)
FINISHED CEILING
BASE WHERE
OCCURS
FASTEN BOT OF STUDS TO
FRAMG. BELW/ 2-# 10 GA. .145
SHOT PINS, W/2" EMBD @24"
O.C I.CC.#ESR -1663
5/8" TYPE"X" GYP.
BOARD ON BOTH SIDE
BOARD WITH 8 SCREWS
@10" O.C. ALONG EACH
STUD ON BOTH SIDES
(ICC# ESR 1046 )
20GA. 3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUDS
@16"O.C.(TYP) (ICC-ESR3016) LARR#25128
4'
-
4
"
EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
EXISTING JOIST (3)#8 SHEET METAL SCREW
ALUM. EDGE TRIM AS REQUIRED
CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING MINIMUM LATERAL FORCE OF 5 PSF PER
SECTION 1607.13, CBC. SEE CHECK-SET OF PLANS
BOTTOM 20GA TRACK ANCHORED(TYP)
25GA.3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUD. BRACING
@48"O.C.MAX.(STAGGERED FROM TOP PLATE
TO BOT OF JOIST OR BRIDGING)
(2)#8 SHT. MTL SCREW TO CLG.
MAIN RUNNER CHANNEL
3
CONC. SLABEXISTING
MIN.
20 GA.TOP TRACK(TYP)
FINISHED CEILING
BOTTOM 20GA TRACK ANCHORED (TYP)BASE WHERE
OCCURS
ALUM. EDGE TRIM AS REQUIRED
EXISTING JOIST
20GA. 3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUDS
@16"O.C.(TYP) (ICC-ESR3016) LARR#25128
4'
-
4
"
"SIMPSON"
"SIMPSON"
(3)#8 SHEET METAL SCREW
5/8" TYPE"X" GYP. BOARD ON BOTH SIDE
BOARD WITH 8 SCREWS @10" O.C.
ALONG EACH STUD ON BOTH SIDES
(ICC# ESR 1046 ) FASTEN BOT OF STUDS
TO FRAMG. BELW/ 2-# 10 GA. .145 SHOT
PINS, W/2" EMBD @24" O.C I.CC.#ESR
-1663
25GA. 3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUD. BRACING
@48"O.C.MAX.(STAGGERED FROM TOP PLATE
TO BOT OF JOIST OR BRIDGING)
(2)#8 SHT. MTL SCREW RUNNER CHANNEL
TO CLG. MAIN
5
LOW PARTITION SECTION 4
INTERIOR CEILING HEIGHTNON LOAD BEARING WALL DETAIL WALL PARALLEL TO JOISTS DETAIL
1010.1.9.4 BOLT LOCKS. MANUALLY OPERATED
FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE NOT
PERMITTED.
1
10" MIN. BOTTOM RAIL OR PROVIDE KICK PLATE RUBBER
BUMPER ON CHAIR TILES 1/4" MAX. BELOW THRESHOLD
DOOR PANIC HARDWARE NOTE: 2 PIECE VERTICAL RODS RON DUPRIN,
JACKSON OR EQUAL, PUSH BAR MUST BE OFFSET FROM DRS EDGE.
1010.1.9.1 HARDWARE. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS
AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON DOORS REQUIRED TO BE
ACCES-SIBLE BY CHAPTER 11A OR 11B SHALL NOT REQUIRE
TIGHT GRASP-ING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST
TO OPERATE.
THESE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HANDLES, PULLS,
LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES, INTENDED
FOR USE ON REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS DOORS IN OTHER
THAN GROUP R AND M OCCUPANCIES WITH AN OCCUPANT
LOAD OF 10 OR LESS, SHALL COMPLY WITH SFM STANDARD
12-10-2, SECTION 12-10-202 CONTAINED IN THE CCR, TITLE 24,
PART 12, CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE.
1010.1.9.2 HARDWARE HEIGHT. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES,
LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED
34TO 44 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. LOCKS
USED ONLY FOR SECURITY PURPOSES AND NOT USED FOR
NORMAL OPERATION ARE PERMITTED AT ANY HEIGHT.
THE EGRESS SIDE ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING:
THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS SPACE IS
OCCUPIED. THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH (25 MM)
HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACK-GROUND.
a)CBC 11 B-404.2.9: Maximum effort to operate doors_including slidingdoors: "Maximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed 5 pounds. When fire
doors are required, the maximum effort to operate the door may be increased tothe minimum allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not toexceed 15 pounds. (CBC 11 B-404.2.9)b)CBC 11 B-404.2.5: Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be ½ inchhigh maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall complywith Sections 11 B-302 and 11 B-303.
34
"
T
O
4
4
"
6'-0"
3'-0"
METAL THRESHOLD
EXISTING FLOOR PLAN A NO
R
T
H
23'-5"
54
'
-
4
"
3'-1"5'-8"6'-0"5'-8"3'-0"
23'-5"
54
'
-
4
"
DR. TYPE/SIZE DESCRIPTION FRAME REMARKS
6'-0"X6'-8"ALUM/TEMP.GLASS GLASS
32" CLR. DR.,SELF-CLOSING.
36"X6'-8"WOOD, PAINT HM/KD 32" CLR. DR., SELF-CLOSING.
EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY
OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE
WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR
ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR
EFFORT.
DOOR PANIC HARDWARE NOTE: 2
PIECE VERTICAL RODS RON
DUPRIN, JACKSON OR EQUAL,
PUSH BAR MUST BE OFFSET FROM
DRS EDGE.
HARDWARE TYPE
3PR. HINGES,PUSH
/PULL,SELF-CLOSER,ALUM,THRESHOLD 1."SIGN
REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS"
A
3pr
hinges,push/pull,doorstop,self-closer,alum.
threshold,disable access symbol
D
DOOR PANIC HARDWARE NOTE: 2 PIECE VERTICAL RODS RON DUPRIN, JACKSON
OR EQUAL, PUSH BAR MUST BE OFFSET FROM DRS EDGE.
SYMOBLE
EX
NEW
When fully open, the
door shall not project more
than 7 inches into therequired width. Reference ofCBC Sec.1005.7.1
DOORS SCHEDULE
A B C D
11B-404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces
Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (254 mm) of the
finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth
surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.
Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be
within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of the same plane as the other and be free
of sharp or abrasive edges. Cavities created by added kick plates
shall be capped.
1010.1.1 Size of Doors
The required capacity of each door opening shall be sufficient for
the occupant load thereof and shall provide a minimum clear
opening width of 32 inches (813 mm). The clear opening width of
doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face
of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees (1.57 rad).
Where this section requires a minimum clear opening width of 32
inches (813 mm) and a door opening includes two door leaves
without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a minimum clear opening
width of 32 inches (813 mm). In Group I-2 or I-2.1, doors serving as
means of egress doors where used for the movement of beds and
stretcher patients shall provide a minimum clear opening width of
44 inches (1118 mm). Where this section requires a minimum clear
opening width of 44 inches (1118 mm) and a door opening includes
two door leaves without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a minimum
clear opening width of 44 inches (1118 mm). The minimum clear
opening height of doors shall be not less than 80 inches (2032 mm).
DOOR HARDWARE REQ.(CA 11B)6
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
PR
O
P
O
S
E
D
FL
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
A-1
PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN A NO
R
T
H
LEGEND:
EXIT
TACTILE EXIT SIGN
H.C SIGN
2A:10BC fire extinguishers
EXIT SIGN PROVIDEILLUMINATED "EXIT" SIGNBACK-UP POWER 90 MIN.
1
NEW INTERIOR NON BEARING
WALL, 20GA. 3-5/8"x1-3/8"
METAL STUDS @16"O.C.(TYP)
(ICC# ER 3064P)
3
FLOOR SINK
FLOOR DRAIN
-
ALL ARE EXISTING WALL,
NO CHANGE.
2COUNTER SECTION DETAIL
ALL COUNTER MAX. 34" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR
CUSTOMER SIDEEMP'S SIDE
The total occupant load shall be determined by minimum exiting requirements. The minimum number of fixtures shall be calculated at fifty (50) percent male
and fifty (50) percent female based on the total occupant load.
:1-50 1 :-
MALE : 14/2=7
FEMALE: 14/2=7
1 :1-
PLUMBING FACILITIES PER TABLE 422.1 4
.
1/
4
"
MA
X
.
.
.
.
A
NOTES:
3.
2.
1.1/2" MAXIMUM TOTAL HEIGHT WITH 1/4" MAXIMUM VERTICAL CHANGE AT EDGE.
1 : 2 SLOPED BEVEL REQUIRED IF LEVEL CHANGE IS OVER 1/4" VERITCAL LEVEL CHANGE.
1/4" MAXIMUM VERTICAL LEVEL CHANGE.
NOTE: - TRANSITIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC §11B-302, 11B-303, & 11B-404.2.5
2
1
B THRESHOLD
C LEVEL CHANGES
1/2"MAX.
1/4" MAX.
TRANSITION
BETWEEN FLOOR
FINISHES
PILE HEIGHT
1/2" MAX.
COMPRESSED CARPET 1/4" MAX.
BELOW THRESHOLD
THRESHOLD
FIN. FLOOR
LEVEL
6THRESHOLD DETAIL
7
THAT NO CONDUITS, OR PIPES OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE
EXPOSED ABOVE FOOD PREPARATION, FOOD STORAGE,
AND UTENSIL WASHING AREAS.
19" MIN
34
"
M
A
X
.
29
"
M
I
N
27
"
M
I
N
TABLE CLEARANCES
6'X5' CLR
6'X5' CLR
ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING SHELVING, MUST BE SUPPORTED BY SIX(6) INCH HIGH, EASILY CLEANABLE LEGS, COMMERCIAL CASTORS, OR COMPLETELY SEALED IN POSITION
ON A FOUR(4) INCH HIGH CONTINUOUSLY COVED BASE OR CONCRETE CURB TO FACILITATE EASE OF CLEANING.
DINNING AREA
293 sq. ft.HALLWAY
310 sq. ft.
SERVICE AREA
190 sq. ft.
STORAGE
77 sq. ft.
PREP AREA
310 sq. ft.
3
TOTAL
OCCUPANCY LOAD CACULATION
DINNING AREA
RESTROOM AREA
SECTION
AREA: 1237 S.F.
OCCUPANCY LOAD
293 sq. ft.O.L =293/15=20
PLUMBING OCCUPANCY LOAD
STORAGE ROOM 77 sq. ft.O.L =77/200=1
AREA
HALL WAY
57 sq. ft.
310 sq. ft.
24 PERSON 14 PERSON
PREP/SERVICE AREA 500 sq. ft.O.L =500/200=3
O.L =293/30=10
O.L =77/200=1
O.L =500/200=3
EX
NEW
EX
18
"
M
I
N
.
24
"
M
I
N
.
60" MIN.
12
"
48" MIN.
3'
-
7
"
FRONT APPROACH
CLEAR AT
EXTERIOR
DOORS
CLEAR AT
INTERIOR
DOORS
PU
L
L
S
I
D
E
PU
S
H
S
I
D
E
MI
N
.
PROVIDE THIS
ADDITIONAL SPACE
IF DOOR IS
EQUIPPED WITH
BOTH A LATCH AND
A CLOSER
8
Provide at least 36"
long counter at cash
register that between
28" to 34" above
finished floor per
11B-904.4
5'
-
7
"
9'
-
8
"
37
'
-
1
1
"
54
'
-
2
"
6'X5' CLR
6'X5' CLR
SEATING AT DINING AREAS
TOTAL
5 / 100= 5%24PERSON
ACCESSIBLE SEATINGACCESSIBLE SEATING = 1.2 PERSON
2
DINNING
PERSON
ACCESSIBLE SEATING 9
:1-50>7 :1-15>7 :1-150>7 :1-150>7 :1-150>7
5HD-1
DIA. CLEAR 60" MIN
centerline
of fixture4HD-1
EMPLOYEE AREAS
SERVING ONE SIDE
QTY.EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.
W HPVOLTPHAMP COLD HOT
REMARKSNO.
WASTE
ELECTRICAL PLUMBING
C01
C02
1C03
C04
C05
C06
C08
3
C10 1
C11 2
C12 4
C13
C14
C15 1
C16
C17 3
C18
1
C20 3
C21 1
C22 3
1
2
NEW EX
2
5 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
C09
3
C19
2
6
7
3
1
2
1
REACH IN 2-DOOR REFRIGERATOR (SELF CONTAINED)
EMPLOYEE LOCKER WITH 6"LEG
LIGHT DUTY COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER
3 COMPARTMENT SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)
S.S. WIRE SHELVING MIN 5 TIER WITH 6" LEG
S.S. WORK TABLE WITH BACKSPLASH
S.S. WALL SHELVES
CUP SEALER WITH UL/EPH CERTIFICATE
10 GALLON HOT WATER MACHINE
DROP IN ICE BIN (DRAIN TO F.S.)
DRINK MIXER
TEA MACHINE
MOP SINK W/MOP HANGER AND SHELF FOR CLEAN EQUIP WITH BACKFLOW DEVICE
HAND SINK WITH SPLASHGUARD & SOAP / PAPER DISPENSER
1000LB ICE MACHINE WITH WATER FILTER (SELF CONTAINED)(DRAIN TO F.S.)
BLENDER
STEAMER FOR DRINK
FRUCTOSE DISPENSER WITH NSF/ANSI CERTIFICATE
C07
TURE
WIN-HOLT
AMERICAN STANDARD
T-43-HC
3 COLUMN UNIT
LDS-CE-30T
EAGLE
FC-3-1818-18RL
CUSTOM
CUSTOM
EAGLE
LOLICUPSTORE
CUSTOM
ET-99SU
BUNN
REGENCY
WARING
H10X
600DIIB1824
WDM120TX
~~~~
STEELTON
ADVANCE TABCO
~~~~
522US11818
7-PS-73
MAXX ICE
AVAMIX
ASTRA
MIN1000N/
HBX2000
STA1800
BOSSEN EM0021-CTF
ADVANCE TABCO
EAGLE
DROP IN PERP SINK (DRIAN TO F.S.)REGENCY 600DI12012
UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATORS (SELF CONTAINED) ATOSA MGF8403GR
INDUCTION RANGE GALAXY GICP18
DROP IN DUMP SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)REGENCY 600DI12012
1/211515.4
208 12,000
1/2"1/2"F.S.
18001201
120
4000208 38.7
F.S.
375 112011.15
1/2"1/2"2"
1/2"1/2"2"
375 123010 F.S.
1800 11201
2000 HP110PH20
2000110
1/51152.8
1/2"1/2"F.S.
1/2"1/2"F.S.
NOTE: IN BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES WITH A TOTAL OCCUPANT
LOAD OF 50 OR LESS INCLUDING CUSTOMERS AND EMPLOYEES, ONE TOILET
FACILITY, DESIGNED FOR USE BY NO MORE THAN ONE PERSON AT A TIME, SHALL
BE PERMITTED FOR USE BY BOTH SEXES. (CPC422.2 EXCEPTION 3)
NOTE: IN BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES WITH A TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR LESS
INCLUDING CUSTOMERS AND EMPLOYEES, ONE TOILET FACILITY, DESIGNED FOR USE BY NO MORE THAN
ONE PERSON AT A TIME, SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR USE BY BOTH SEXES.
CPC 422.2 EXCEPTION 3
BUSINESS OCCUPANCY TEA SHOP
CPC 422.2 EXCEPTION 3
8/25/2025
1
4'X4' CLR
5'*5' CLR
5'-0"
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
DI
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
FL
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
A-1.1
DIMENSIONS PLAN A NO
R
T
H
THAT NO CONDUITS, OR PIPES OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE EXPOSED ABOVE FOOD
PREPARATION, FOOD STORAGE, AND UTENSIL WASHING AREAS.
BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD EMERGENCY
LIGHT (BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE
POWER LOSS W/90 MIN. BATTERY BACK-UP)
10 WNORA LIGHTING
NE-805 (2) 5W, MR16
A
SUPPLIED
BY
INSTALLED
BY
REMARKSWATT/
FIXTURESYMBOLLIGHT BULB/ TYPE
MODEL NO.
HOUSING/ FIXTURE
MODEL NO.
ITEM
NO.
NORA LIGHTING
NEX-709-LED (GREEN)(2) 5W, MR16
UNIVERSAL MT. EXIT SIGN W/ EMERGENCY
ADJ. BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD (ARROW
INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT). (BATTERY
OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS
W/90 MIN. BATTERY BACK-UP)
10 W
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE
B
91'-2">119'-7"/2=60'-2' FT REQ IS OK
SPACING FOR THE EXITS FOR A NON-SPRINKLERED
BUILDING IS ½ OF THE MAXIMUM OVERALL DIMENSION.
9"
PER CBC 11B-703.4.2
PER CBC SECTION 1013.4:
1. EACH GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR THAT IS REQUIRED TO
COMPLY WITH SECTION 1013.1, SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE
EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORD 'EXIT'
2. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT IS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION
1013.1, AND THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT
BY MEANS OF A STAIRWAY OR RAMP SHALL BE INDENTIFIED BY A
TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS AS APPROPRIATE:
1/32" RAISED LETTERING
SAN SERIF (UPPERCASE)
PER CBC 11B-703.2
"EXIT STAIR DOWN"
"EXIT RAMP DOWN"
"EXIT STAIR UP"
"EXIT RAMP UP"
3. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT IS
REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH
SECTION 1013.1, AND THAT
LEADS DIRECTLY TO A
CORRESPONDING
GRADE 2 BRAILLE
PER CBC 11B-703.3
4. EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM
AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO
A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT
IS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH
SEC. 1013.1, SHALL BE
IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT
SIGN WITH THE WORDS 'EXIT
ROUTE'
GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY
MEANS OF AN EXIT ENCLOSURE
OR AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY SHALL
BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE
EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS,
"EXIT ROUTE"
60
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
L
I
N
E
PE
R
C
B
C
1
1
B
-
7
0
3
.
4
.
1
48
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
B
R
A
I
L
L
E
PE
R
C
B
C
1
1
B
-
7
0
3
.
4
.
1
5/
8
"
M
I
N
.
2"
M
A
X
.
TACTILE EXIT SIGN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6'-7"
4'
-
0
"
48
"
M
A
X
6'
-
2
"
M
I
N
17
"
~
4
0
"
40
"
M
A
X
34
"
M
A
X
CL17"~18"
12" MIN
30
"
M
A
X
17
"
~
4
0
"
1
1
/
2
"
MI
N
4'
-
0
"
6'-7"
4'
-
0
"
17
"
~
1
9
"
8'-9"
12" MAX 42" MIN
24" MIN
33
"
~
3
6
"
7"~9"
19
"
M
I
N
CL
CL
RESTROOM
1'-0"9" MIN
6" MIN6"
M
I
N
58
"
M
I
N
,
6
0
"
M
A
X
A
F
F
34
"
~
3
8
"
T
O
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
OP
E
R
A
B
L
E
P
A
R
T
10
"
KI
C
K
P
L
A
T
E
60
"
M
A
X
A
F
F
B
A
S
E
O
F
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
OF
R
A
I
S
E
D
C
H
A
R
A
C
T
E
R
S
48
"
M
I
N
A
F
F
@
B
A
S
E
OF
L
O
W
E
S
T
B
R
A
I
L
L
E
RESTROOM ELEVATION
RESTROOM ELEVATION
RESTROOM DETAILS
1 3
4 2
5
7
6
URINAL DETAILS
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
5'X5' CLR
4'X4' CLR
18
"
DIA. CLEAR 60" MIN
centerline
of fixture 1'
-
6
"
FLUSH
ACTIVATOR
ON WIDE SIDE
centerline
of fixture4'-1"
13'-6"9'-3"
23'-3"
5'
-
7
"
9'
-
8
"
37
'
-
1
1
"
26
'
-
3
"
19
'
-
5
"
7'
-
1
1
"
54
'
-
2
"
54
'
-
2
"
6'X5' CLR
6'X5' CLR
4'
X
4
'
C
L
R
5'
*
5
'
C
L
R
4'X4' CLR
5'*5' CLR
EXIT
CE
I
L
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
A-2
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
SUSPENDED CEILING GENERAL NOTES
(SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE THE PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635 AND ASTM C 636)
1. CEILING AREA GREATER THAN 1,000 SQUARE FEET MUST HAVE HORIZONTAL
RESTRAINT TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM ABOVE. THE TRIBUTARY AREAS OF
THE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINTS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY EQUAL.
2. MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS TEES MUST BE SUPPORTED WITHIN 8 INCHES OF
EACH WALL WITH 12-GAUGE WIRE OR APPROVED WALL SUPPORT.
3. A STRUT IS TO BE ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE AT EACH BRACING.
4. RIGID BRACING MAY BE USED INSTEAD OF DIAGONAL SPLAY WIRES. RIGID
BRACING MUST LIMIT CEILING MOVEMENT TO LESS THAN 1/4" AT THE POINT OF
ATTACHMENT. (SPLAY WIRE BRACING IS CLUSTERS OF FOUR WIRES
ATTACHED TO THE MAIN BEAM WITHIN 2-INCHES OF A CROSS TEE
INTERSECTION.)
5. HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS ARE TO BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 12 FEET
ON CENTER IN EACH DIRECTION, AND THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6-FEET OF
EACH WALL.
6. ATTACHMENT OF THE BRACING WIRES TO THE MAIN BEAM AND THE
STRUCTURE SHOULD SUPPORT THE GREATER OF 200 POUND OR THE ACTUAL
DESIGN LOAD WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF TWO.
7. HEAVY-DUTY GRID SYSTEM REQUIRED.
8. MINIMUM 2-INCH WALL MOLDING REQUIRED.
9. GIRD MUST BE ATTACHED TO TWO ADJACENT WALLS - OPPOSITE WALLS MUST
HAVE A 3/4" CLEARANCE.
10. CHANGES IN CEILING PLAN ELEVATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH POSITIVE
BRACING.
11. CEILINGS OVER 2500 SQUARE FEET MUST HAVE SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS
OR FULL HEIGHT PARTITION.
12. CEILING WITHOUT RIGID BRACING MUST HAVE A 2-INCH OVERSIZED TRIM
RING FOR SPRINKLERS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS.
13. CABLE TRAYS AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY
SUPPORTED AND BRACED.
14. IF PARTITIONS ARE ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENDING SYSTEM. THEY MUST BE
LATERALLY BRACED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
15. VERTICAL HANGER WIRES ARE TO BE:
a. NOT MORE THAN 4 FEET ON CENTER.
b. MUST PLUMP WITHIN 1 IN 6.
c. TIED WITH THREE TURNS IN 3 INCHES.
16. PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES MUST BE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE.
THEY MAY NOT SUE THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORT.
17. LIGHT FIXTURES MUST BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION
SYSTEM. ATTACHED DEVICE MUST BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND 100% OF THE
FIXTURE WEIGHT.
18. IF LIGHT FIXTURE IS 56 POUNDS OR LESS, MUST HAVE TWO 12-GAUGE WIRES
ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS. IF MORE THAN 56 POUNDS, MUST BE
INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
LIGHTS WITH ACRYLIC
LENS/PROTECTIVE SHIELDS AT SERVICE,
COOK &STORAGE AREA
1CEILING T-BAR DETAILS
NOTE:
THE ILLUMINATED "EXIT" SIGN AT ALL TIMES HAVING A
LIGHT INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOTCANDLE
AT FLOOR LEVEL WITH BATTERY BACK-UP 90 Mins
MINIMUM DURATION FOR EXISTING SYSTEM
NO CHANGE ON EXISTING AC, RELOCATE AC SUPPLY AND
RETURN GRILL ONLY
THAT NO CONDUITS, OR PIPES OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE
EXPOSED ABOVE FOOD PREPARATION, FOOD STORAGE,
AND UTENSIL WASHING AREAS.
PROPOSED CEILING PLAN
BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 WNORA LIGHTING
NE-805 (2) 5W, LED MR16
SUPPLIED
BY
B
A
INSTALLED
BY
REMARKSWATT/
FIXTURESYMBOLLIGHT BULB/ TYPE
MODEL NO.
HOUSING/ FIXTURE
MODEL NO.
ITEM
NO.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
NORA LIGHTING
NEX-709-LED (GREEN)(2) 5W, LED MR16
UNIVERSAL MT. EXIT SIGN W/ EMERGENCY ADJ. BEVELED
DUAL ROUND HEAD (ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT).
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 W
G.C.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
4" LED RECESS DOWN LIGHT
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
G.C.(WITH SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVER OVER FOOD
PREP AREA)(G.C. TO PROVIDE DIMMER)
9 W
LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PROGRESS LIGHTING
P8080-28-30K ONE LIGHT LED RECESS
BRAND: PROGRESS LIGHTING
E
F
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
D01
QTY
33
1
1
AFF +10'-0"
DRYWALL CEILING
WASHABLE DRYWALL
CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
DRYWALL CEILING
WASHABLE DRYWALL
CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
T-BAR CEILING
WASHABLE T-BAR CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
T-BAR CEILING
WASHABLE T-BAR CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
DRYWALL CEILING
WASHABLE DRYWALL
CEILING
40 WLED FLAT PANEL EDGE LIT
MLFP SERIES G2
2 ' X 4' RECESS MOUNTED LED LIGHT FIXTURE
W/SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVERMLFP SERIES G2 2X44
SUSPENDED CEILING: SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL
BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635 AND
ASTM C 636. [CBC SEC. 1613.1] SHOW DETAILS.
A.PER ASCE 7-16, SEC. 13.5.6.2.2 SHOW OR SPECIFY THE FOLLOWING:
1.EXCEPT WHERE RIGID BRACES ARE USED TO LIMIT LATERAL
DEFLECTIONS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS, SHOW A 2"
OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO
ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1" IN ALL HORIZONTAL
DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY, A SWING JOINT THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1"
OF CEILING MOVEMENT IN AL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS IS PERMITTED TO
BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENSION.
1613.1 SCOPE
EVERY STRUCTURE, AND PORTION THEREOF, INCLUDING NONSTRUCTURAL
COMPONENTS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURES AND
THEIR SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENTS, SHALL BE DESIGNED AND
CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTERS 11, 12, 13, 15, 17 AND 18 OF ASCE 7, AS
APPLICABLE. THE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY FOR A STRUCTURE IS
PERMITTED TO BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1613 OR
ASCE 7.
EXISTING ROOF JOIST
2 0 GA. MTL STUD
3-5/8"x1-1/4"
IC C-ESR # 3016 @ 24 " O.C
a)GYPSUM BOARD AT WALL WHERE SOFFITS ARE PROPOSED. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL EXTEND TO THE DOUBLE
TOP PLATES. ALTERNATIVELY, FIRE BLOCKING WHERE SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION INTERSECTS WITH THE WALL.
CBC 718.2.
5/8" DRY WALL FIN.TYPE "X" GYP. BD.
(4) #8 SHEET METAL
SCREWS /EACH
12'-6"
A.F.F
EXISTING WALL
(2) #10 SHEET METAL
SCREWS /EACH
2 0 GA. MTL STUD
3-5/8"x1-1/4"
IC C-ESR # 3016 @ 24 "O.C
10'-0"
A.F.F
2DRYWALL CEILING DETAIL
10 GA VERT
TIE WIRES
ON 4'x4’GRID
TYP.
2"MIN.
3/4"
MIN.
8"MAX.
-
90°
9
0
°
4'-0" MAX.
CONT. WALL
RUNNER
5/8" THK. GYP. BD.
4-10 WIRE SPLAYED
@ 90° HORIZONTALLY
FROM EACH OTHER
OF CEILING TYP.45
°
(E)ROOF RAFTER 1/4” Ø x 3" LONG
LAG SCREW
5 COMPLETE
TIGHT TURNS
IN 1 1/2" MAX.
10 GA VERT
TIE WIRES
ON 4'x4’GRID
TYP.
12GA WIRE
SPLAYED
HANGER
MAX. 3 TWISTS
TYP. AT8
CONNECTIONS
SUSPENDED
ACOUSTIC TILE
CROSS RUNNER
(PER MANUF. INSULATION)
10 GA VERT
TIE WIRES
ON 4'x4’GRID
TYP.
2"
MIN.
3/4"MIN.
8"MAX.90°
90°
4'-0" MAX.
CONT. WALL
RUNNER
5/8" THK. GYP. BD.
4-10 WIRE SPLAYED
@ 90° HORIZONTALLY
FROM EACH OTHER
OF CEILING TYP.45
°
12GA WIRE SPLAYED HANGER
MAX. 3 TWISTS
TYP. AT8
CONNECTIONS
SUSPENDED
ACOUSTIC TILE
CROSS RUNNER
(PER MANUF. INSULATION)
-5 COMPLETE
TIGHT TURNS
IN 1 1/2" MAX.
1/4” Ø x 3" LONG
LAG SCREW
1/4” Ø x 3" LONG
LAG SCREW
HANGER WIRE WITHIN
(E)ROOF RAFTER
INSTALL COMPRESSION
STRUT@8'-0”EACH DIRECTON OR
EVERY 64 SF.OF CEILING AREA PER
UBC STD，47-18.LOCATE @SPLAYED
WIRE LOCATION. FOR COMPRESSION
STRUT, EMT PIPE PER SCHEDULE
EMT PIPE SCHEDULE
L DIA t
4'-0"
5'-6"
7'-0"
3/4"
1-1/4"
1"
0.046"
0.054"
0.061"
2T-BAR CEILING DETAIL
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D
HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
HA
N
D
I
C
A
P
E
D
DE
T
A
I
L
HD-1
6 8
60"
7 9
REACH RANGES
11
ACCESSIBILITY NOTES AND DETAILS
LAVATORIES
ACCESSORIES IN SANITARY FACILITIES
5
DRAWN BY JIMMY ZHANG (626
)
5
7
0
-
9
9
7
8
DESIGN FOR RESTAURA
N
T
P
L
U
S
,
I
N
C
.
ACCESSORIES IN SANITARY FACILITIES Counters
Food Service Lines/Aisles
2
DOORS ENTRANCES AND EXITS
3
ACCESSORIES IN SANITARY FACILITIES
SIGNAGE
CORRIDORS AND AISLES
MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION SANITARY FACILITIES
1
1.6-2.4
41-61
LC LC
LC
(b)
plan
0.65 min
17
1.6-2.4
41-61LC
(a)
elevation
(enlarged)
0.2
5.1
top diameter of
50%-65% of the base diameter
base diameter of
0.9-1.4 (23-36 mm)
RECOMMEND TO PAINT
SLOPING WING BURB
WITH "TRAFFIC YELLOW"
DISABLED RAMP
PER CIVIL PLANS
SEE DETAIL.HD-2
14
TRUNCATED DOMES, SEE
HD-2
19
1/2" LIP BEVELED AT 45 DEGREES
AS A DETECTABLE WAY FINDING
EDGE FOR THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED.
AS REQUIRED.
10 POLE WITH VAN
ACCESSIBLE
SIGN. TYP.HD-2
11 DISABLED POLE
SIGN. TYP.
3
3
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
2% SLOPE IN
ANY DIRECTION.
SEE CIVIL.
4" TYPICAL PAINTED
STRIPING (DOT)
"TRAFFIC BLUE" TYP.
VAN
NO PARKING
9' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0"
8" HIGH X 1" STROKE
"WHITE " PAINTED
LETTERING. "NO PARKING"
:TYP.
15
EQ EQ
8
EQ EQ
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
20
'
-
0
"
12
'
-
0
"
6'
-
0
"
4'
-
4
1
/
2
"
SL
O
P
E
2%
M
A
X
ENLARGED DISABLED PARKING10
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
WOMEN MEN All-Gender
4
1
"m
i
n
1 2"min
URINAL
D
J
F
E
C J H
A
B
G
A C
B
D
F
G
J
H
E
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
5'X5' CLR
4'X4' CLR
18
"
1'
-
6
"
FLUSH ACTIVATOR
ON WIDE SIDE
centerline
of fixture
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
54" MIN.
4'-1"
centerline
of fixture
centerline
of fixture
1'
-
0
"
MI
N
.
2'
-
0
"
MI
N
.
42" MIN.12" MAX.
Ø5'-0"
DIA. CLEAR 60" MIN
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D
HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
HA
N
D
I
C
A
P
E
D
DE
T
A
I
L
HD-2
1'-0"
GALV. BOLTS TYP.
"WHITE" SYMBOLS, TEXT,
AND
BORDER TYP.
WHITE PAINTED BORDER
1/2"
68°
3"BACKGROUND PAINTED
"TRAFFIC BLUE" (2) COATS,
TYP.
3"
PARKING
ONLY
MINIMUM
FINE $250
REFLECTORIZED SIGN, 70 SQ. IN. MIN.
"BLUE" BACKGROUND COLOR #15090,
FEDERAL STANDARD 5952.
4" DIA. STL. PIPE, FILL WITH
CONC., PAINT "BLUE" TYP.
2" SQ. GALV. STEEL POST
EMBED IN CONC.
TRUNCATED DOMES
10'-0"
5'-0"
AISLE CENTERLINE
A DIRECTIONAL ARROW - CALTRANS TYPE I
E.J.8'-0"
AISLE CENTERLINE
6'-0"
B TURNING ARROW - CALTRANS TYPE II
13'-0"
PAINT ARROWS WITH (2) COATS "TRAFFIC
WHITE' PAINT MIN. TYP. SEE SPEC.'S FOR
ADDITIONALINFORMATION
SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS.
6" HG. TO 0"
TRANSITION
CURB TYP.
BOTH SIDES
AISLE CENTERLINE
6'-0"
C COMBINATION DIRECTIONAL AND
TURNING ARROW - CALTRANS TYPE III
TYP. DIRECTIONAL ARROW 18 CURB RAMP
NOTE:
SEE CIVIL DWGS. FOR
CURB RAMP INFORMATION.
14
12" DIA.
DISABLED VAN PARKING SIGN
2' - 0"
GALV. BOLTS TYP.
UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN
DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT
DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS
OR SPECIAL LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FOR
PERSONS WITH DISABLITIES WILL BE
TOWED AWAY AT THE OWNER'S EXPENSE.
TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT
PORTERVILLE POLICE DEPARMENT
350 NORTH D STREET
OR BY TELEPHONING
559-782-7400
DIAMETER
8"
ACCESS SIGN AT ENTRANCE 9
2" SQ. GALV. STEEL POST, THRU-BOLT
TO SLEEVE TYP.
PLANTER AREA TYP.
2-1/2" SQ. GALV. STEEL
SLEEVE,
SET IN CONC.
NOTE:INSTALL SIGN AT EACH
ENTRANCE TO OFF STREET PARKING.
SEE SITE PLAN.
REFLECTORIZED SIGN, 17" x 22" MIN.
"BLACK" BORDER.
LETTERING ON SIGN MUST BE A
MINIMUM OF 1" HIGH CONTRASTING
LETTERS
"WHITE" BACKGROUND,
PORCELAIN ON STEEL TYP.
10
EMBED STL. PIPE IN CONC. FOOTING
#3 REBAR LOOP TYP.
4'-0"
MIN. TYP.
(SEE PLAN)1/2" HIGH MAX LIP TYP.
E.J.
SLOPE DN. 1:10
MAX. TYP.
SLOPE DN. 1:10
MAX. TYP.
FACE OF BLDG. OR
ANY
OBSTRUCTION
BAND OF DETECTABLE
WARNINGS
(TRUNCATED DOMES),
SEE DET.
19 DISABLED SYMBOL 15
19
CONC. CURB RAMP WITH
MED.
BROOM FIN. TYP.
3"3'-0"3"
NOTES:
1. SYMBOL TO BE PAINTED FED. HIGHWAY WHITE (REFER DOT) 2 COATS.
2. BACKGROUND PAINTED FED. HIGHWAY BLUE (REFER DOT).
12" DIA.
DISABLED PARKING SIGN
1'-0"
GALV. BOLTS TYP.
"WHITE" SYMBOLS, TEXT,
AND
BORDER TYP.
PARKING
ONLY
MINIMUM
FINE $250
VAN
ACCESSIBLE
4" DIA. STL. PIPE, FILL
WITH CONC., PAINT "BLUE"
TYP.
E.J.
FACE OF CURB TYP. (SEE CIVIL)
3"
2" SQ. GALV. STEEL POST
EMBED IN CONC.
PATCH/REPAIR PLANTING OR
A.C. PAVING, AS REQUIRED
"BLUE" BACKGROUND COLOR #15090,
FEDERAL STANDARD 5952.
REFLECTORIZED SIGN, 70 SQ. IN. MIN.
11
EMBED STL. PIPE IN CONC. FOOTING
#3 REBAR LOOP TYP.
1.
2.
3.
NOTES:
SMOOTH FORM ALL VERTICAL CONCRETE SURFACES.
ALL FLAT WORK (WALKING SURFACES) SHALL HAVE A NON-SLIP MEDIUM BROOMED
FINISH.
INSTALL 1/2" FIBER EXPANSION MATERIAL IN ALL CURBS AT 25'-0" O.C. AT CURBS
TANGENTS CORNERS OR AS NOTED ON PLANS.
6" WALKWAY CURB 3
3"PATCH/REPAIR PLANTING OR
A.C. PAVING, AS REQUIRED
8"GRAVEL BASE
POURED IN PLACE
CONCRETE CURB PER CITY
REQUIREMENT. REFER
TO CIVIL.
1/2" MAX.
EXPANSION
JOINT W/ FIBER FILL.
CONC. PAVING.
REFER
TO PAVING PLAN.
3
12
5"
ALL CONC. CURB
CORNERS
TO RECIEVE 1/2" RADIUS
BULLNOSETACK COAT CONC. SUR-
FACES IN CONTACT W/
AC PAVING, WHERE
OCCURS.AC PAVING. REFER
TO
CIVIL PLANS.
3'
-
6
"
2'
-
0
1
/
2
5
6
"
6'
-
0
"
2'
-
0
"
3'
-
6
"
1'
-
0
"
1'
-
0
"
5'
-
1
1
2
5
5
/
2
5
6
"
1'
-
0
"
3"
3'
-
0
"
3'
-
0
"
4'-
0
"
CL
R
.
M
I
N
.
5"
3"
3"
3"
SL
O
P
E
D
N
.
1:
1
2
M
A
X
.
T
Y
P
.
3'-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
80
"
M
I
N
.
1'
-
6
"
3"
PE
R
L
O
C
A
L
C
O
D
E
S
80
"
M
I
N
.
O
R
2'
-
0
"
3"
3"
4'
-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
SI
G
N
H
E
I
G
H
T
3"
3"
4'
-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
6"
2'
-
0
"
3'
-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
80
"
M
I
N
.
SI
G
N
H
E
I
G
H
T
2'-
0
"
1'
-
0
"
M
I
N
.
,
O
R
FU
L
L
D
E
P
T
H
O
F
P
A
V
I
N
G
AN
D
B
A
S
E
(
W
H
I
C
H
E
V
E
R
I
S
GR
E
A
T
E
R
)
T
Y
P
.
4"MI
N
.
6"
5" DIA.
R8"
9
3
°
1
0
"
1"
5"
E.J.
E
.
J
.
2.3-2.4
58-61
LC LC
LC
(b)
plan
0.65 min
16.5
2.3-2.4
58-61LC
(a)
elevation
(enlarged)
0.2
5.1mm
top diameter of
base diameter of
0.9-1.4 (22.9-23.4mm)
0.45-0.47
11.4mm-11.9 mm
3
12
3'-0" WIDE BAND OF DETECTABLE
WARNINGS (TRUNCATED DOMES),
FULL WIDTH OF CURB RAMP, TYP.
SEE DETAIL 19
CONC. SIDEWALK, THICKEN EDGE
AS SHOWN ALL AROUND PERIM.
TYP.
SEE CIVIL FOR ADN'L INFO.
1/2" EXP. JT. WITH SEALANT OVER,
CONT., TYP.
ALIGN W/
CURB
(BEYOND)
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTES:
SMOOTH FORM ALL VERTICAL CONCRETE SURFACES.
ALL FLAT WORK (WALKING SURFACES) SHALL HAVE A NON-SLIP MEDIUM BROOMED
FINISH.
INSTALL 1/2" FIBER EXPANSION MATERIAL IN ALL CURBS AT 25'-0" O.C. AT CURBS
TANGENTS CORNERS OR AS NOTED ON PLANS.
REBAR SHALL BE CONTINUOS THRU SILL EXPANSION JOINTS IN CURBS.
CURB RAMP LOWER EDGE 8
A.C. PAVING OVER COMPACTED BASE,
SEE CIVIL AND SOILS REPORT.
TACK COAT CONC. SURFACES IN
CONTACT WITH A.C. PAVING, TYP.
COMPACTED SUB-GRADE TYP.
SEE SOILS REPORT.
CONC. CURB PER CITY STANDARDS.
SEE CIVIL.
1'
-
0
"
M
I
N
.
,
O
R
FU
L
L
D
E
P
T
H
O
F
PA
V
I
N
G
A
N
D
B
A
S
E
(W
H
I
C
H
E
V
E
R
I
S
GR
E
A
T
E
R
)
T
Y
P
.
3'-0"
TRUNCATED DOMES
8"
SLOPE DN.
1:12 MAX.
MIN.
8"
MI
N
HD-2
HD-2
N.T.S.N.T.S.N.T.S.
N.T.S.N.T.S.N.T.S.
N.T.S.N.T.S.N.T.S.
RAMPS AND SIDEWALKS 1
1/2" LIP BEVELED AT 45 DEGREES
AS A DETECTABLE WAY FINDING
EDGE FOR THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED.
AS REQUIRED.
10 POLE WITH VAN
ACCESSIBLE
SIGN. TYP.
HD-2
11 DISABLED POLE
SIGN. TYP.
3
3
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
2% SLOPE IN
ANY DIRECTION.
SEE CIVIL.
4" TYPICAL PAINTED
STRIPING (DOT)
"TRAFFIC BLUE" TYP.
VAN
NO PARKING
9' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0"
8" HIGH X 1" STROKE
"WHITE " PAINTED
LETTERING. "NO PARKING"
:TYP.
15
EQ EQ
8
EQ EQ
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
20
'
-
0
"
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
4'
-
0
"
M
I
N
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFOR
S
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-0
SI
N
G
L
E
L
I
N
E
DI
A
G
R
A
M
PART I - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS
1.Furnish and install a completely wired and operational electrical system as shown on
the drawings and specified herein, including but not limited to, these major items.
1.1.Lighting fixtures as indicated and specified on the plans.
1.2.Electrical panels, service, conduit, wiring, etc., for all outlets and equipment.
1.3.Telephone outlets and conduit as indicated.
B. RELATED WORKS
1.The Electrical Contractor shall provide conduit, trench, and backfill for electrical service
entrance from the main service to utility point of electrical service. Electrical Contractor
shall coordinate the installation of the electrical service entrance with serving utility
company.
2.The Electrical Contractor shall provide conduit, trench, and backfill for primary phone
and CATV service from the telephone terminal board or cabinet to the phone company
and CATV company point of service.
C. CODES, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS
1.The installation shall comply with applicable local and state codes and ordinances, with
the regulations of the currently accepted edition of the National Electric Code and with
the requirements of the power, telephone, and CATV companies furnishing services to
this installation.
2.The following industry standards, specifications, and codes are minimum requirements:
2.1.The National Electrical Code (NEC), including local amendments.
2.2.Underwriter Laboratories (UL) incorporated standards.
2.3.American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
D. INSPECTION OF SITE
1.Prior to submitting a bid for electrical work, the contractor shall visit the site of the
proposed construction and shall thoroughly acquaint himself with existing utilities, and
working conditions to be encountered, etc. Allowance will not be made for
noncompliance with this condition after bidding.
2.Electrical installation shall meet the existing conditions.
E. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS
1.Deliver materials and equipment to the project in the manufacturer's original, unopened,
labeled containers. Protect against moisture, tampering, or damage from improper
handling or storage. Contractor shall protect and be responsible for any damage to
work or materials until final acceptance by the owner, and shall make good without cost
to the owner, any damage or loss that may occur during this period.
2.Arrange for timely delivery of materials and equipment to the job site in order to
minimize the length of time between delivery and installation.
3.Cover and protect any material which may be affected by the weather while in transit or
stored at the project site. Any material found defective or not installed in accordance
with the contract documents may be rejected by the engineer.
F. CLEANUP
1.Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials, or rubbish caused by
employees or work under this division of the specifications. At the completion of the
work remove all surplus materials, tools, etc., and leave the premises broom-clean.
G. EXCAVATION
1.Perform all excavation and back filling required for work performed under this division of
the specifications. Use excavated materials for backfill unless off site materials are
deemed necessary.
H. DRAWINGS
1.The drawings indicate the general arrangement and locations of the electrical work data
presented on these drawings are as accurate as planning can determine, but field
verification of all dimensions, locations, levels, etc., to suit field conditions is required.
Review all architectural, structural, and mechanical drawings and adjust all work to meet
the requirements of conditions shown. The architectural drawings shall take
precedence over all other drawings. Discrepancies between different plans, or between
drawings and specifications, or regulations and codes governing the installation shall be
brought to the attention of the engineer in writing before the date of bid opening. If
discrepancies are not reported, the Contractor shall bid the greater quantity or better
quality, and appropriate adjustments will be made after contract award. Contractor shall
be responsible to field measure and confirm mounting heights and location of electrical
equipment with respect to counters, radiation, etc. Do not scale distances off the
electrical drawings, use actual building dimensions.
I. EXCAVATION, CUTTING, AND FITTING
1.Perform the excavation, cutting, fitting, repairing, and finishing of the work necessary for
the installation of the equipment of this section. However, no cutting of the work of
other trades or of any structural members shall be done without the consent of the
architect.
J. COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
1.Cooperate with the other trades so that the installation of the electrical outlets and
equipment will be properly coordinated. Conduit, lighting fixtures, and other equipment
locations shall be checked with other trades to avoid conflict with the piping, ductwork,
steel, beams, or other obstructions. Carefully check the locations of the outlet boxes
and determine that they have not been disturbed during the installation of materials of
other trades.
2.Coordinate the location of the trenches and conduits for electrical and telephone utility
services with the general contractor.
3.Coordinate HVAC equipment connection requirements with HVAC contractor.
PART II - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION
A. MATERIALS
1.All materials shall be new and of quality as specified on the plans or specifications and
must carry the Underwriter's Laboratories approval covering the purpose for which they
are used, in addition to meeting all requirements of the current applicable codes and
regulations.
B. CONDUIT
1.All wiring shall be installed in listed metallic conduit except as permitted below. RGS,
with a 20 mil PVC coating will be used when in contact with earth. IMC may be used in
indoor locations not in contact with the earth. EMT may be used in indoor locations not
in contact with earth, not in concrete slabs or walls and not subject to damage. PVC
may be used in or below concrete and direct buried in earth. Flexible steel conduit shall
be used for indoor final connections to equipment in lengths not to exceed 72".
Liquid-tight flexible steel conduit shall be for outdoor final connections to equipment not
to exceed 36".
2.Cover metallic conduit in contact with earth with polyethylene taped spiral wrapped, 1/2
lapped to provide 20 mil. thickness. Tape shall be Scotch no. 50 tape. Conduit and
ducts not under buildings and feeder ducts shall be installed per N.E.C. 300-5. make
joints with compound to be watertight.
3.Fittings and conduit bodies shall be steel. No diecast fittings.
4.Conduit sizes shall be as required by code and as indicated or specified.
5.All empty conduit systems shall have a nylon pull string to facilitate installation of future
wire.
6.Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall be permitted underground with proper fittings, all UL
Approved and cemented joints. Penetrations through floor slabs and bends greater
than 22° shall be wrapped rigid galvanized steel elbows.
7.Conduits and outlets shall be concealed with the building structure, except that certain
motor and lighting feeder conduits may be run exposed in certain areas as indicated on
the drawings. Conduit shown to be installed in cabinets, counters, and casework shall
be run as directed by the architect.
8.All conduit systems shall have a Code sized copper ground conductor increase conduit
size as required.
9.Conduit penetration through roof shall have roof flashing with caulk type counter
flashing sleeve. Installation shall be watertight.
10.Conduits shall be routed surface on the structure, parallel and perpendicular to the
structure.
C. OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES
1.Each switch, light. receptacle or other outlet shall be provided with a Code gauge,
galvanized steel outlet box. Junction and pull boxes shall be Code gauge, galvanized
steel. Outlet boxes shall be of the one piece, knockout type, in general 4" square with
plaster ring. Plaster rings shall be set to provide not more than 1/8" from wall surface to
ring. In no case shall plaster ring project beyond surface of wall. Single gang rings
similar to Steel City 52050 shall be used for 4" boxes in unfinished brick number 180
boxes may be used for unfinished masonry flush wall outlets. Center all outlet boxes in
block course.
2.Boxes installed in poured cement floors shall be flush type cast iron or steel with
watertight gasketed covers. Where boxes are installed in floors with tile or carpet floor
covering, covers shall be of the recessed type to accommodate the floor covering.
3.Boxes installed for the alarm, computer, and security system shall be provided with
appropriate cover plates.
4.Boxes for telephone, computer, TV, fire alarm, security, and similar systems shall be
minimum 4" square and 2-1/8" deep.
D. SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
1.See Single Line Diagram General Notes on drawings for more information.
E. PANEL BOARDS
1.See drawings for panel board schedules and specifications.
F. WIRE
1.Conductor sizes shown on the drawings are based on copper wire. Unless otherwise
specified, all wire shall be Type XHHW for feeders or branch circuits larger than 4 AWG,
Type THHN/THWN insulation for feeders and branch circuits 4 AWG and smaller. All
branch circuit wiring shall be copper. The wire shall be 12 AWG unless otherwise
indicated. Circuit shall be labeled in each junction box.
2.Metal Clad Cable "Type MC" cable may only be utilized for interior branch circuitry
supplying lighting fixtures, not to exceed 6-ft. in length from junction box to the fixture
served. "Daisy Chaining" of light fixtures is not allowed.
3.When use is permitted in the Allowed Specification Deviations, Metal Clad "Type MC"
cable may be installed per NEC Article 330. Where multiple cables are routed adjacent
to each other (bundled), a minimum separation of one (1) cable diameter (largest) shall
be required.
4.The wires shall be marked with color to simplify circuit identification. Unless otherwise
required by local ordinances:
208/120 Volts
Phase A = Black
Phase B = Red
Phase C = Blue
Neutral = White
Ground = Green
480/277 Volts
Phase A = Brown
Phase B = Orange
Phase C = Yellow
Neutral = Gray
Ground = Green
5.No wire shall be installed in the conduit system until the conduit system is complete.
Use Mineralac No. 100 or equivalent as a lubricant to facilitate the installation of the
conductors in the conduit system.
6.Splices in exterior pull boxes and manholes shall be weatherproof using "Scotchcast"
splice kit or approved equal. Seal ends of conduits and ducts with "Ductseal" or
approved equal.
7.Provide solid conductor for 12 AWG and smaller.
8.Provide 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120V branch circuits longer than 75-feet
and 8 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120V branch circuits longer than 120-feet.
Provide 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277V branch circuits longer than 200-feet.
G. WIRING DEVICES
1.Wall switches shall be Specification Grade AC silent type switches, 20A, 120/277 volt.
2.Receptacles shall be Specification Grade, duplex type, NEMA 5-20R, 20 ampere, 120
volt grounded type. Special application receptacles shall be indicated on plans. Mount
with the ground down.
3.Device plates shall be equal to sierra smooth-line plastic wall plates. Color shall be
white, unless otherwise noted.
4.All receptacles identified as weatherproof on the drawings shall be weather-resistant,
tamper-resistant, GFCI type and equipped with enclosure that is weatherproof (WP)
whether or not the attachment plug cap is inserted (while "IN-USE"). An outlet box hood
shall be listed and shall be identified as "Extra Duty".
5.Except as otherwise noted, all wiring device plates on the project shall be labeled with
panel and circuit number(s) utilizing a Brother P-touch labeling system with 1/2" tape
(yellow on black) or equal HellermannTyton or Panduit. Locate label on the concealed
side of the wiring device plate. Handwritten labels are unacceptable.
H. LIGHTING FIXTURES
1.Provide all lighting fixtures, wired and connected. the drawings indicate the fixtures for
each location. Provide lamps for all fixtures. The lamps shall be by the same
manufacturer. Verify ceiling construction before ordering recessed units. Provide
plaster frames and hangers as required. Ceiling construction, architectural accessories,
voltage, and ballasts to meet the existing condition.
I. SERVICE ENTRANCE SECTION
1.The service entrance equipment shall be as indicated on the drawings. Equipment shall
carry the UL label and shall conform to the power company regulations.
2.Service entrance equipment shall be provided with a fully rated copper or aluminum
bus. Horizontally tapered bussing shall not be allowed.
J. SYSTEM GROUNDING
1.Grounding shall comply with requirements of Article 250. All exposed non-current
carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, metallic cable
armor, grounding conductor of nonmetallic sheathed cables, grounding conductor in
nonmetallic raceways, and grounded conductors of the wiring system shall be
grounded.
2.Grounding conductor (neutral) of the wiring system shall be connected to the system
grounding conductor at a single place in each system by removable bonding jumpers,
sized according to the applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code. The
grounded conductor (neutral) to the grounding conductor connection shall be located in
the enclosure for the system's overcurrent protection or where otherwise indicated on
the plans or specifications.
3.A ground bus separate from the neutral bus shall be provided in all switchboards and
panelboards. Ground bus shall be retorqued (checked) prior to energizing equipment
per manufacturer's recommendations.
4.Ground buses and neutral buses in all distribution panels, switchboards, panelboards,
and those provided in any equipment shall be isolated except where required to be
connected as specified above for the service entrance and in transformer terminal
compartments.
5.When indicated on the drawings, equipment grounding conductors shall be extended
from the ground bus in the distribution equipment to the receptacle, fixture or device
lugs where they are provided. Where lugs are not provided, equipment grounding
conductors shall be connected to equipment enclosures. The connections shall be
arranged such that removal of the receptacle, equipment ground conductors, or ground
jumpers from ground busing shall not affect the ground system.
6.Raceways may not be used as a grounding conductor for power and lighting circuits.
All conduit shall have separate Code sized green ground wire installed in the conduit to
insure a continuos grounding path.
7.In inaccessible locations, make connections by exothermic weld process.
8.In accessible locations, connections shall be made with bolted through, approved
solderless bronze grounding devices.
9.Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure bond to ground.
K. TELEPHONE SYSTEM
1.Telephone wall outlets shall consist of standard boxes mounted 18" above the floor
unless otherwise indicated. Connect outlets to telephone terminal with separate 3/4"
conduit unless otherwise shown on drawings. Provide a terminal mounting board for
the incoming service cable.
L. LIGHTING CONTROL
1.Furnish and install time switches, photocells, contactors and full lighting control systems
as required for lighting controls indicated on the drawings.
2.Time switches shall be equal to Paragon, General Electric, Tork, or Intermatic and shall
have size and number of poles as required.
3.Photocells shall be equal to Tork or Intermatic with voltage as indicated.
M. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
1.Manufacturers: subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following
1.1.Acme Electric Corporation; Power Distribution Products Division.
1.2.GE Electrical Distribution & Control.
1.3.Eaton.
1.4.Square D/Groupe Schneider NA.
2. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps.
3.Internal coil connections - brazed or pressure type.
4.Coil material - copper
5.Enclosure - ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2 (NEMA 3R for outdoor installations).
6.Insulation class - 220°C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum
of 150C° rise above 40°C ambient temperature.
7.Taps for transformers 25 kVA and larger - two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5
percent taps below normal full capacity.
8.Wall brackets - manufacturer's standard brackets.
9.Low-sound-level-requirements - minimum of 3 dba less than NEMA ST-20 standard
sound levels when factory tested according to IEEE C57.12.91
N. GUARANTEE
1.Guarantee all material furnished and all workmanship performed for a period of one
year from date of final acceptance of work. Any defects developing within this period,
traceable to material furnished as a part of this section or workmanship performed
hereunder, shall be made good at no expense to the owner.
O. SHOP DRAWINGS AND APPROVALS
2.The items specified herein and on drawings are used as a standard of quality. any
materials of equal quality and aesthetic value will be given consideration as a substitute
for the materials specified. No approval will be given to a specific catalog number,
model, or type of equipment, prior to bidding. After bidding, the decision of the Architect
and/or Engineer determining equal materials will be final.
3.The contractor shall submit shop drawings on the following items:
3.1.Lighting fixture cuts and performance data.
3.2.Outline drawings and data sheets of each panelboard and switchboard.
3.3.Outline drawings of all switchgear.
4.Submit items at one time in a neat and orderly manner within 15 days of award of
contract. Partial submittals will not be acceptable.
P. RECORD AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
1.The Electrical Contractor shall maintain a set of drawings at the job site for the exclusive
purpose of maintaining a record of all work installed and to show any deviations from
the work indicated on the drawings.
2.At the completion of the project, one set of reproducible drawings, showing all As-Built
conditions, shall be delivered to the Owner for acceptance prior to final payment.
Q. HOUSEKEEPING PADS
1.Provide a minimum of 3" high housekeeping pad above finished floor/ finished grade for
all floor-mounted switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards, transformers, motor
control centers, etc., flush with the face of the equipment. Located in mechanical
central plants(s), other mechanical spaces, and located outdoors, pads shall be flush
with the face of the equipment. Confirm pad dimensions with local inspector prior to
forming pad to ensure any local code interpretations/conditions are met regarding
housekeeping pads.
2.Unless otherwise noted above, provide a minimum of 1-1/2" high housekeeping pad
above finished floor/finished grade for all interior floor-mounted switchgear, distribution
boards, transformers, motor control centers, transfer switches, etc., flush with the face
of the equipment. All housekeeping pad heights are as measured from finished floor or
grade. Confirm pad dimensions with local inspector prior to forming pad to ensure local
code interpretations/conditions are met regarding housekeeping pads.
3.Provide a 1-1/2" high housekeeping pad above finished floor/finished grade for service
equipment. Prior to pad rough-in, Contractor shall verify serving utility company's
maximum meter height requirements and, if necessary, adjust height of housekeeping
pad to comply with those requirements. In indoor applications, the housekeeping pad
shall be flush with the face of the switchgear. In outdoor applications, the housekeeping
pad shall extend a minimum of 4 feet from the front of switchgear's weatherproof
enclosure. Confirm pad dimensions with local inspector prior to forming pad to ensure
any local code interpretations/conditions are met regarding housekeeping pads.
4.All housekeeping pads located in, on, or attached to a building shall be seismically
braced/connected to the building structure.
R. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
1.Provide flexible connections to all HVAC equipment, water heater, etc any equipment
over 20 lb and/or mounted above finished floor.
2.Coordinate electrical requirements for all plumbing and mechanical equipment with final
Contractor selection. The Contractor shall size disconnects based upon circuit breaker
ratings and provide fusing as required per equipment manufacturer recommendations
and UL Listing requirements.
S. MOTORS
3.Where motors are installed in suspended ceilings, contractor shall provide disconnect
switch in suspended ceiling within reach from access point.
4.Sizing of motor-related electrical components, including feeder and/ or branch circuits
(wire and conduit) and overcurrent protection (breaker and/ or fuses) is based on ratings
indicated in the contract documents as well as NEC approximated loads for a given
motor horsepower, voltage and phase. It is the contractor's responsibility to verify
actual motor and appliance rating and loads. Contractor to provide correctly sized
motor overload electrical components based on nameplate rating. Reflect all changes
in the as-built drawings.
T. FIRE SYSTEM
1.Contractor shall engage the services for a state licensed fire alarm
manufacturer/installer to prepare all design drawings and calculations required for
system approval by the authority having jurisdiction. Submit all plans and provide all
permits required for a complete and operable approved life safety system.
2.Fire alarm device wiring shall be minimum #14 AWG copper or per system
manufacturer requirements. Provide minimum 3/4" separate raceway system or as
required for life safety system wiring configuration.
3.Upon completion of the installation of life safety system wiring and devices, a
performance test of the entire life safety shall be performed to the satisfaction of the
authority having jurisdiction.
U. LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS
1.Music, television, video mounting systems are not shown on these drawings and are
provided by Contractor through architects schedules/details. Contractor to coordinate all
routing and final connections as approved by Starbucks Manager as applicable
specifically to this store.
V. IDENTIFICATION OR EQUIPMENT LABELING
1.Nameplates shall be provided for switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards,
distributions panels, panel boards, motor control centers, transformers, transfer
switches, contactors, starters, disconnect switches, enclosed circuit breakers/switches,
Inverters, UPS's, PDU's, RDC's, SPD's, lighting control panels, dimming panels, door
releasing system panels, fire alarm/central monitoring terminal cabinets/power
supplies/control panels, and all low voltage system terminal and control cabinets.
1.1.Nameplate inscriptions shall be identical to the equipment designations indicated in
plans and specifications. Nameplates shall be engraved with the device
designation/identification on the top line, source identification for the device on the
2nd line per NEC, or CEC where adopted, Art 408.4 and load designation for the
device on the bottom line. Where load designation consists of a branch circuit,
omit bottom line. Where device designation is not intended on plan/specfications.
Contractor shall submit a written clarification request to the Engineer.
1.2.All circuit breakers/fuses in switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards,
distribution panels, UPS output circuit breakers, PDU sub-feed circuit breakers and
motor control centers shall have individual nameplates located immediately
adjacent to the respective device. Nameplate inscription shall identify the
downstream equipment or device served by the circuit breaker or fuse.
2.Identification nameplates, unless otherwise noted (UON), shall be laminated/extruded
modified acrylic or melamine plastic labels that is 3/32" thick, UV-stabilized, matte finish,
suitable for use in 180°F ambient, with beveled edges and engraved white letters 3/8"
high, minimum, on 1-1/2" high black background for single line of text. Where two lines
of text are required, provide minimum 2" high nameplate. Where three lines of text are
required, provide 2.5" high nameplate. Provide white letters on red background for all
NEC, or CEC where adopted, Article 517 essential power systems, Article 700
Emergency Systems, Article 701 Legally Required Standby Systems and Article 708
COPS.
3.Identification nameplates for new switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards,
distribution panels, panel boards and motor control centers shall be attached with
switchgear manufacturer-provided screws via switchgear manufacturer factory
pre-drilled holes. A factory option to rivet identification nameplates to the equipment is
only acceptable if screw-fastened nameplates are not an available option from the
switchgear manufacturer. Field drilling or other mechanical attachment methods that
change/void the NEMA or NTRL rating of the enclosure are strictly forbidden.
4.Identification nameplates for transformers, transfer switches, disconnect switches,
enclosed circuit breakers/switches, inverters, UPSs, PDUs, RDCs, SPDs, lighting
control panels, dimming panels, door-releasing system panels, terminal cabinets and all
circuit breakers/fuses in switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards, distribution
panels, UPS output circuit breakers, PDUs, PDU sub-feed circuit breakers, and motor
control centers shall be attached to the equipment by self-adhesive backing integral to
the nameplates. When equipment is located outdoors, provide nameplates without
self-adhesive backing and attach to equipment using weather-rated, UV-resistant epoxy.
In all cases, clean surfaces before applying identification nameplates parallel to
equipment lines.
5.Warning Placards, as required by General Single Line Diagram Notes for multiple
power sources, or instruction placards, as required for all kirk-key interlock schemes, all
UPS bypass procedures or as required elsewhere in the plans/specifications shall be
engraved 1/2" high with white lettering on red background using the same material
specified for identification nameplates with a self-adhesive backing. Warning/instruction
placards shall be attached to the face of the equipment directly related to the placards.
NOTE FOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
APPLICABLE CODES
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC)
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (CEnC)
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE
2022 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CGBSC)
ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX
NO.SHEET DESCRIPTION
1 E-0 SPECIFICATIONS & COVER SHEET
2 E-1 POWER PLAN
3 E-2 LIGHTING PLAN
4 E-4 T-24
5
6
7
8
ALLOWED SPECIFICATIONS DEVIATIONS
THE FOLLOWING ITEM(S) ARE ALLOWED DEVIATIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. THESE DEVIATIONS ARE AT THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER.
NONE
SCOPE OF WORK
1. EX PANEL"A" RELOCATED 2. ADD NEW EQUIPMENT POWER 3. ADD NEW LIGHT
DEFERRED APPROVAL
A.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. SEPARATE PLANS SHALL
BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BY A FIRE ALARM ENGINEER AND ALL PERMITS,
INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE FIRE DEPARTMENT
HAVING JURISDICTION.
B.VIA SEPARATE SUBMITTAL BY SIGN CONTRACTOR, OBTAIN APPROVALS AND PERMITS
FOR ALL SIGNS INCLUDING SIGN LIGHTING CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE.
C.VIA SEPARATE SUBMITTAL, OBTAIN APPROVALS AND PERMITS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL
SUBSYSTEMS WITH POWER SUPPLIES OF MORE THAN 50 VA AND/OR 250 VOLTS [E.G.
SECURITY, TELCO/DATA, P.A, AUDIOVISUAL, HVAC CONTROLS, ETC.]
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SURVEY EXISTING CONDITION AND REPORT TO OWNER. BID TO INCLUDE
SCOPE OF EXTENDED WORK, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS OF STATE & LOCAL CODE
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-1
PO
W
E
R
P
L
A
N
GENERAL NOTES:
POWER PLAN
At least one receptacle outlet shall be installed within 18" of the top of a show
window for every
12 feet or major fraction thereof measured horizontally at its maximum width. Per
Section
210.62.
windows shall be computed in accordance with the following :
A)The unit load per outlet
b) At 200 volt-amperes per linear foot of show window.
Per Section 220.14(G).
1.ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL
CODE,
AND 2022 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
2. 110.3(B) THIRD PARTY LISTING: ADD NOTE ON THE PLANS STATING "ALL ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
LISTED BY UL PER SECTION 11 0.3(B).
Table7- Multiple Conductor Neutral and/or Ground Bar
Screw Type Lug Wire RangeConductor Size Torque Value
Slotted Head
14-4
14-1/0
14-10 Cu, 12-10 A1
8 Cu-AI
14-8 Cu-AI
20 lb-in (2 N·m)
25 lb-in (2 N·m)
35 lb-in (2 N·m)
36 lb-in (2 N·m)
45 lb-in (2 N·m)6-1/0 Cu-AI
6-4 Cu-AI
ABBREVIATIONS
Lighting control acceptance requirements per 130.4. A Certificate of
Acceptance shall be submitted to the enforcement agency under Section
10-103(a) of Part 1 for:
A.Automatic Daylight Controls
B.Lighting Controls
+18"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+84"
GFI
+42"GFCI
+84"
+84"
+18"
+18"
QTY.EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.
W HPVOLTPHAMP COLD HOT
REMARKSNO.
WASTE
ELECTRICAL PLUMBING
C01
1C03
C08
3
C10 1
C11 2
C12 4
C13
C16
C17 3
C18
1
C20 3
2
NEW EX
2
5 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
C09
3
C19
2
2 REACH IN 2-DOOR REFRIGERATOR (SELF CONTAINED)
LIGHT DUTY COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER
CUP SEALER WITH UL/EPH CERTIFICATE
10 GALLON HOT WATER MACHINE
DROP IN ICE BIN (DRAIN TO F.S.)
DRINK MIXER
TEA MACHINE
1000LB ICE MACHINE WITH WATER FILTER (SELF CONTAINED)(DRAIN TO F.S.)
BLENDER
STEAMER FOR DRINK
FRUCTOSE DISPENSER WITH NSF/ANSI CERTIFICATE
TURE
AMERICAN STANDARD
T-43-HC
LDS-CE-30T
LOLICUPSTORE ET-99SU
BUNN
REGENCY
WARING
H10X
600DIIB1824
WDM120TX
MAXX ICE
AVAMIX
ASTRA
MIN1000N/
HBX2000
STA1800
BOSSEN EM0021-CTF
UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATORS (SELF CONTAINED) ATOSA MGF8403GR
INDUCTION RANGE GALAXY GICP18
1/211515.4
208 12,000
18001201
120
4000208 38.7
F.S.
375 112011.15
375 123010 F.S.
1800 11201
2000 HP110PH20
2000110
1/51152.8
REFRIGERATION X XUR-72-N 11205
1200
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
GFI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+18"GFCI+18"GFCI
EXIT
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-2
CE
I
L
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
a.automatic shut-off control for
lighting for every floor
b.Label the lighting circuits that will be
controlled by the control system on the panel
schedule.
c.Each 0-2Hr override switch shall be
shown on the lighting plans in the area where
lights
are controlled by that specific override
switch.
d.Label which lighting circuits shall be
on each specific override zone on the panel
schedule
e.Provide the location of the automatic
shutoff control.
f. 365 Day/Holiday Programmable CEC
Approved device on the plans.
1CEILING T-BAR DETAILS
PRIMARY SIDELIT DAYLIT ZONE IS THE
AREA ON A PLAN DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO
EACH VERTICAL GLAZING, ONE WINDOW
HEAD HEIGHT DEEP INTO THE AREA, AND
WINDOW WIDTH PLUS 0.5 TIMES WINDOW
HEAD HEIGHT WIDE ON EACH SIDE OF THE
ROUGH OPENING OF THE WINDOW, MINUS
ANY AREA ON A PLAN BEYOND A
PERMANENT OBSTRUCTION THAT IS 6
FEET OR TALLER AS MEASURED FROM THE
FLOOR.
SECONDARY SIDELIT DAYLIT ZONE IS
THE AREA ON A PLAN DIRECTLY
ADJACENT TO EACH
VERTICAL GLAZING, TWO WINDOW HEAD
HEIGHTS DEEP INTO THE AREA, AND
WINDOW WIDTH PLUS 0.5
TIMES WINDOW HEAD HEIGHT WIDE ON
EACH SIDE OF THE ROUGH OPENING OF
THE WINDOW, MINUS
ANY AREA ON A PLAN BEYOND A
PERMANENT OBSTRUCTION THAT IS 6
FEET OR TALLER AS MEASURED FROM
THE FLOOR.
PHOTO
SENSOR
A-1
1a1b1a1b1a1b
1a1b1a1b1a
A-3
3c
3d
3c
3d
3c
3d
3c
3d3c
3d
3c
3d
3c
3d
A-5
5e
5f
5e
5f
5e
5f
5e
5f
A-7
7g
7h
7g
7h
DIM A-1DIM A-3DIM A-5DIM A-7
OCCUPANCYSENSOR
LIGHTS WITH ACRYLIC
LENS/PROTECTIVE SHIELDS AT SERVICE,
COOK &STORAGE AREA
1CEILING T-BAR DETAILS
NO CHANGE ON EXISTING AC, RELOCATE AC SUPPLY AND
RETURN GRILL ONLY
THAT NO CONDUITS, OR PIPES OF ANY TYPE
SHALL BE
EXPOSED ABOVE FOOD PREPARATION, FOOD
STORAGE, AND UTENSIL WASHING AREAS.
BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 WNORA LIGHTING
NE-805 (2) 5W, LED MR16
SUPPLIED
BY
B
A
INSTALLED
BY
REMARKSWATT/
FIXTURESYMBOLLIGHT BULB/ TYPE
MODEL NO.
HOUSING/ FIXTURE
MODEL NO.
ITEM
NO.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
NORA LIGHTING
NEX-709-LED (GREEN)(2) 5W, LED MR16
UNIVERSAL MT. EXIT SIGN W/ EMERGENCY ADJ. BEVELED
DUAL ROUND HEAD (ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT).
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 W
G.C.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
4" LED RECESS DOWN LIGHT
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
G.C.(WITH SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVER OVER FOOD
PREP AREA)(G.C. TO PROVIDE DIMMER)
9 W
LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PROGRESS LIGHTING
P8080-28-30K
E
F
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
QTY
33
1
1
40 WLED FLAT PANEL EDGE LIT
MLFP SERIES G2
2 ' X 4' RECESS MOUNTED LED LIGHT FIXTURE
W/SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVERMLFP SERIES G2 2X44
D01
7g7h
BRAND: PROGRESS
LIGHTING ONE LIGHT
LED RECESS
PHOTOMETRIC PLAN
EXIT
NOTE:
LIGHTING CONTROL ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS PER 130.4. A
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY UNDER SECTION 10-103(A) OF PART 1 FOR:
A.AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT CONTROLS
B.LIGHTING CONTROLS
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFOR
S
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-3
TI
T
L
E
2
4
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
C-40260
626-715-9137
626-715-9137
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
P-1
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
IOUTSIDE
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
EXPOSED
CONCEALED
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
CLA
S
S
2
0
0
-
D
R
1
4
VITR
F
I
E
D
C
L
A
Y
P
I
P
E
PVC
O
R
A
B
S
SCH
4
0
G
A
L
V
S
T
E
E
L
SCH
4
0
B
L
A
C
K
S
T
E
E
L
CLA
S
S
2
0
0
-
D
R
1
4
TYP
E
"
L
"
C
O
P
P
E
R
PIPE MATERIAL (SEE SPECS)
DRAIN
STORM
GAS
WASTE
INDIRECT
VENT
SANITARY
DRAINAGE
SANITARY
WATER
DRAIN
SINK
SINK
SINK
HAND SINK
COMP.
PREP.
MOP SINK
FLOOR
FLOOR
2"
1
1
/
2
"
2"JOSAM 302-35AJ 6" DIAMETER(FOR RESTRM OR KITCHEN)
1/
2
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"1/
2
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"
JOSAM 9032 12"X12"X6 1/4"DEPTH w/ALUM DOME AND 1/2GRATE
A/S "AKRON SERVICE SINK" 7696.016 w/WALLHANGER 47077-07 RIM GUARD,ACID RESISTINGENAMELED CAST IRON DIMENSION: 24"X20"FAUCETw/VACUUM BREAKER, ROUGH CHROME FINISH. TRAPSTANDARD: FITTING: 8340. 242 FAUCET w/VACUUMBREAKER, ROUGH CHROME FINISH. TRAP
STANDARD:7798.176 w/STRAINER.
1
1
/
2
"
1/
2
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
F/
S
1/
2
"FURNISHED BY OWNER
3/
4
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"3/
4
"
FURNISHED BY OWNER
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"1/
2
"
1/
2
"
A/S "FLAT RIM SINK" 7020.207 END OUTLET. FLATRIM. SINGLE BOWL,COUNTERTOP SINK, ACIDRESISTING SNAMELED CAST IRON.DIMENSION:18"X12"X5 1/2" FITTING: 8344.111FAUCET w/TOP BRACE, TOP & VACUUM,BREAKER.
2"1/
2
"
2"1/
2
"
2"4"1/
2
"
HEATER
WATER
LAV
DESCRIPTION
CLOSET
WATER
DR
A
I
N
ST
O
R
M
TR
A
P
WA
S
T
E
IN
D
I
R
E
C
T
VE
N
T
WA
S
T
E
ROUGH-IN SERVICES
FIXTUREITEM
(REPELLENCE ONLY)
1
2
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
TRAP PRIMER DETAIL
.
.
ALL WASTE WATER LINES ARE RIGID PIPES SUCH AS PVC AND COPPER PIPES
6
3
7PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE WATER HEATER DETAIL
FIXTURE SCHEDULE
NOTE:
PUBLIC LAVATORIES SHALL HAVE CONTROLS TO LIMIT
THE WATER TEMPERATURE TO 120 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT.
4
· ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 C.P.C., CALIFORNIA GREENBUILDING STANDARDS CODE AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES.· ALL DRAIN LINES TO SLOPE MINIMUM 2%.· PROVIDE ALL CLEANOUTS PER C.P.C. 707.0· ALL WATER LINES TO BE INSULATED PER 2022 C.P.C. ANDCALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODES.
GENERAL NOTES
MAKER
ICE
1/
2
"
∅
∅
ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CPC , CA GREEN BUILDINGSTANDARDS CODE & ALL APPLICABLE CODE
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
COLD & HOT WATER PLAN
NOTE: EACH HORIZONTALDRAINAGE PIPE SHALL BEPROVIDED WITH A CLEANOUT ATITS UPPER TERMINAL AND EACHRUN OF PIPING, WHICH IS MORETHAN ONE HUNDRED FEET INTOTAL DELELOPED LENGTH, SHALLBE PROVIDED WITH CLEANOUTFOR EACH ONE HUNDRED FEET ,OR FRACTIONTHEREOF, INLENGTH OF SUCH PIPING.
REMARKSTYP
E
"
M
"
C
O
P
P
E
R
CLA
S
S
3
1
5
P
V
C
SCH
4
0
P
V
C
S
T
E
E
L
3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water Inlet1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Minimum WaterCondenser Outlet (water-cooled units) 1/2"(1.27 cm) F.P.T. Ice Bin Drain
A/S no. 0355.012 "Lucerne", 20"x18", wall hung. Complete with symmons no.s-20-2g-gr-lp single lever .5 gpm faucet with grid drain, chicago 1005 or t & s no.b-1326 loose key stops with rigid supplies with Chicago no. 49-006 nipple and j.r.smith no. 723 carrier with steel plate.
A/S no. 2168.100 "CADET", floor mtd., flush tank, siphon jet, elongated bowl, (1.28
gff), (18"hight), complete with olsonite no. 95cc-ss self-sustaining check hingeseat, t &s no. B-1305 loose key stop with iigid supply, chrome plated nipple anda/s bolt caps. (order handle on access side per a.d.a. requirements).
HO
T
WA
T
E
R
CO
L
D
WA
T
E
R
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING THIS JOB TO
FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF AS TO THE EXTENT OF WORK REQUIRED, ANDEXISTING CONDITION, AND SHALL TAKE THESE INTO CONSIDERATIONIN THE COST OF HIS BID.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE UTILITIESBEFORE STARTING TRENCHING WORK, OR THE INSTALLATION OF ANYPIPING,3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL PERMITS& PAYING ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR WORK SHOWN ON THESE
DRAWINGS.4. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. THE LOCATION OF THE PIPINGIS APPROX. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF PIPING WITH OTHERTRADES. ANY CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE RESOLVEDPRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
WATER HEATER 52 GALLON (13.5 KW)American standard
CE-G2-52
NOTE: NO GAS PROPOSED ON THIS PROJECT
QTY.EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.
COLD HOT
NO.
WASTE
PLUMBING
001
002
3003
004
005
006
008
2
010 1
011 2
012 0
013
014
015 2
016
017 1
018
1
020 3
021 1
022 2
1
2
NEW EX
1
5 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING SHELVING, MUST BE SUPPORTED BY SIX(6) INCH HIGH, EASILY CLEANABLE LEGS, COMMERCIAL CASTORS, OR COMPLETELY SEALED IN
POSITION ON A FOUR(4) INCH HIGH CONTINUOUSLY COVED BASE OR CONCRETE CURB TO FACILITATE EASE OF CLEANING.
009
2
019
6
1
1
2
2
1
1
CASHIER REGISTER
COUNTER
S.S. WORK TABLE (NSF)
REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR (SELF CONTAINED)
REACH-IN FREEZER (SELF CONTAINED)
TOP REFRIGERATED SANDWICH PREP TABLE
DROP-IN ICE BIN
HAND SINK W/ SOAP & TOWEL DISP.
MOP SINK W/MOP HANGER AND SHELF FOR CLEAN EQUIP.
ICE MACHINE (DRAIN TO F.S.)
TWO COMPARTMENT SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)
THREE COMPARTMENT SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)
HOT WATER BOILER (24 GALLON)
INDUCTION COOKTOP
PREP. SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)
WATER HEATER 50 GALLON (MAX.12KW)
S.S. DRY STORAGE SHELVING 96 LIN FT MIN. 5 TIERS
EMPLOYEE LOCKER W/ 6" HIGH ROUND METAL LEGS OR CANTILEVERED FROM THE WALL
007
CUSTOM
CUSTOM
EAGLE
CUSTOM
CUSTOM
CUSTOM
MAINSTREET
BMR-49-R
BMR-49-F
APT-60M-HC
REGENCY
KROWNE
18''X24''
HS-30L
ADVANCE TABCO
MANITOWOC
ADVANCE TABCO
9-OP-20
MD1000A-251B
FE-2-1812-18R
ADVANCE TABCO
BUNN
VOLLRACH
FC-3-1620-18RL
H10X-80-208
59300
ADVANCE TABCO
American standard
REGENCY
FC-1-1818-24R
LDS-CE-50T
460EC1848K75
GSW ELS6DR
MAINSTREET
1/2 1/2 1-1/2"
1/2 1/2 2"
1/2 F.S.
1/2 1/2 F.S.
1/2
1/2 1/2 F.S.
AVANTCO
1/2 1/2 F.S.
1 F.S.
WALL SHELF REGENCY 600WS1248
TEA DISPENSER CURTIS TC-3H
UNDER TABLE REFRIGERATORS AVANTCO SS-WT-48R-HC
BLENDER AVAMIX BL2VS
1"
C
W
(
2
.
5
F
U
)
2FU
LAV.
W.C.2.5FU
BOILER
1FU
1"CW (5.5FU)
3/4"HW (2FU)
DS
2FU
3CS2FU
2FU
HS
1"
C
W
(
2
F
U
)
1"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
1"
C
W
(
6
F
U
)
1"
H
W
(
6
F
U
)
1"CW (9FU)
1"HW (8FU)
ex
i
s
t
i
n
g
2
"
c
w
a
b
v
c
e
i
l
i
n
g
POC
1007.0 Trap Seal Protection1007.1 GeneralFloor drain or similar traps directly connected to the drainage system and
subject to infrequent use shall be protected with a trap seal primer, except
where not deemed necessary for safety or sanitation by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction. Trap seal primers shall be accessible for maintenance.1007.2 Trap Seal Primers
Potable water supply trap seal primer valves shall comply with ASSE 1018.Drainage and electronic design type trap seal primer devices shall complywith ASSE 1044.
1"
H
W
(
1
6
F
U
)
1"
C
W
(
2
2
.
5
F
U
)
ICE MAKER1FU
2FUMS
ICE MAKER
1FU
DS
2FU
DS
2FU
DS
2FU
1FU
UR
3/
4
"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
3/
4
"
C
W
(
2
F
U
)
3/
4
"
H
W
(
4
F
U
)
3/
4
"
C
W
(
4
F
U
)
3/
4
"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
3/
4
"
C
W
(
3
F
U
)
1"
C
W
(
4
F
U
)
1"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
P-2
WA
S
T
E
P
L
A
N
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
PLUMBING LEGEND
S
S
V
D
GW
SANITARY SEWER ABOVE GRADE
GREASE WASTE BELOW GRADE
SANITARY SEWER BELOW GRADE
INDIRECT DRAIN
SANITARY VENT
HW
HWR
FCO
G
COTG
DOMESTIC HOT WATER
NATURAL GAS
FLOOR CLEANOUT
CLEANOUT TO GRADE
DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN
SOV
WCO
POC
PLUMBING FIXTURE DESIGNATION
WALL CLEANOUT
SHUT-OFF VALVE
POINT OF CONNECTION
GAS OR GATE COCK
CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER
FS
FD
ABV
EXIST'G
FLOOR SINK
FLOOR DRAIN
EXISTING
NEW
VTR
VCP
AP
CLG CEILING
VENT THROUGH ROOF
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
ACCESS PANEL
ABOVE
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION
VENT LINE DATA
HORIZ. WASTE LINE DATA
PIPE/FOOTING LOCATION 2
.
.
3TRAP PRIMER DETAIL
FLOOR SINK INDIRECT VENT DETAIL
RAISED CURB (IF ANY)
FINISHED FLOOR
FLOOR SINK
"P"TRAP
RAISED CURB (IF ANY)
VERIFY TO COMPLY
W/LOCAL CODE
REGULATIONS
2"
2"2"
6"
1'-0"
.
1
The maximum developed length of the trap arm from the trap weir to the inner
edge of the vent shall be within the distance given in Table 1002.2. The minimum
trap arm length shall be two (2) times the diameter of the trap arm. Please
correct.
No more than one-third (1/3) of the total permitted length, per Table 703.2,
of any minimum sized vent shall be installed in a horizontal position.
Horizontal vents below the flood rim of the fixture not allowed for plumbing
Fixtures that are within trap arm distance of walls.that indirect waste piping from food handling fixtures or equipment shall be
separately piped by means of an airgap to the indirect waste receptor and shall
not be combined with any other indirect waste piping.
WASTE AND VENT PLAN
5 6
7
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING THIS JOB TO
FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF AS TO THE EXTENT OF WORK REQUIRED, AND
EXISTING CONDITION, AND SHALL TAKE THESE INTO CONSIDERATION IN
THE COST OF HIS BID.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE UTILITIES
BEFORE STARTING TRENCHING WORK, OR THE INSTALLATION OF ANY
PIPING,
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL PERMITS &
PAYING ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS.
4. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. THE LOCATION OF THE PIPING IS
APPROX. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF PIPING WITH OTHER TRADES.
ANY CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE RESOLVED PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
8
NOTE：IMPACTED BY CUTTING OR BORING FOR PLUMBING WORK. SHOW
SLABS WILL BE X-RAYED OR EQUAL BEFORE CUTTING ANY HOLES FOR
SINKS AND PIPING IN THE SLABS.
wc/6fu
wco.
lav/2fu
wco.
WCO
FS/2FU
WCOHS/2FU
WC
O
MS
/
2
F
U
WCO
FS/2FU
FD
/
2
F
U
WCO
3CS/2FU
WCO W/ TRAP PR.
FD/2FU
ur/1fu
wco.3"2% 8FU
3"2% 9FU
2"
2
%
6FU
3"
2
%
10
FU
3"
2
%
1
2FU
3"
2
%
2
9FU
EXISTING 4" SEWER LINE
3"2% 29FU
C.O
CLEANOUTS PER
707.0 CPC
ICE BINDRAIN TO F/S
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floor
sink via a legal air gap.
1007.0 Trap Seal Protection1007.1 GeneralFloor drain or similar traps directly connected to the drainage system and subject to infrequent use shall be protected with a trap seal primer, exceptwhere not deemed necessary for safety or sanitation by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Trap seal primers shall be accessible for maintenance.
1007.2 Trap Seal PrimersPotable water supply trap seal primer valves shall comply with ASSE 1018. Drainage and electronic design type trap seal primer devices shall comply
with ASSE 1044.
801.3.3 Food-Handling Fixtures
Food-preparation sinks, steam kettles, potato peelers, ice cream dipper wells, and similar equipment shall be indirectly connected to the drainage
system by means of an air gap. Bins, sinks, and other equipment having drainage connections and used for the storage of unpackaged ice used forhuman ingestion, or used in direct contact with ready-to-eat food, shall be indirectly connected to the drainage system by means of an air gap. Each
indirect waste pipe from food-handling fixtures or equipment shall be separately piped to the indirect waste receptor and shall not combine withother indirect waste pipes. The piping from the equipment to the receptor shall be not less than the drain on the unit and in no case less than 1/2 ofan inch (15 mm).
804.1 Standpipe Receptors
Plumbing fixtures or other receptors receiving the discharge of indirect waste pipes shall be approved for the use proposed and shall be of such
shape and capacity as to prevent splashing or flooding and shall be located where they are readily accessible for inspection and cleaning. No
standpipe receptor for a clothes washer shall extend more than 30 inches (762 mm), or not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above its trap weir. No trapfor a clothes washer standpipe receptor shall be installed below the floor, but shall be roughed in not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and not more
than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor. No indirect waste receptor shall be installed in a toilet room, closet, cupboard, or storeroom, or in aportion of a building not in general use by the occupants thereof; except standpipes for clothes washers shall be permitted to be installed in toilet
and bathroom areas where the clothes washer is installed in the same room.
4COMMERCIAL SINK DRAINAGE DETAIL
ICE MAKERDRAIN TO F/S
ICE MAKERDRAIN TO F/S
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floor
sink via a legal air gap.
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floorsink via a legal air gap.
WCO
FS/2FU
3"2% 4FU
3"
2
%
8FU
WCOFS/2FU
WCO
FS/2FU
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floor
sink via a legal air gap.
TRAPPRIMERWC
O
W
/
TR
A
P
P
R
.
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
P-3
WA
T
E
R
H
E
A
T
E
R
T2
4
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
C-40260
626-715-9137
626-715-9137
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-1
ME
C
H
N
O
T
E
LEGEND
DUCT SIZE SCHEDULE
GENERAL NOTES
.D.Altered Duct Systems. When new or replacement space-conditioning system ducts are installed to serve an existing building, the new ducts shall meet the requirements of Section 120.4. If the space conditioning system meets the criteria of Sections140.4(l)1, 2, and 3, the duct system shall be sealed as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the procedures for duct sealing of an existing duct system as specified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2 to
meet one of the following requirements:i.If the new ducts form an entirely new or replacement duct system directly connected to the air handler, the measured duct leakage shall be equal to, or less than 6 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed by field verification anddiagnostic testing utilizing the procedures in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2.1.4.2.1. Entirely new or replacement duct systems installed as part of an alteration shall be constructed of at least 75 percent new duct material, and up to 25percent may consist of reused parts from the building's existing duct system including, registers, grilles, boots, air handlers, coils, plenums, and ducts if the reused parts are accessible and can be sealed to prevent leakage.
ii.If the new ducts are an extension of an existing duct system, the combined new and existing duct system shall meet one of the following requirements:
a.All appliances designed to be in a fixed position shall be securely fastened in place in accordance with the manufactures installation instructions. Supports for appliances shall be designed and constructed to resist horizontal and vertical loads
within the stress limitations of the CBC. ( CMC 303.4 )
b.All materials exposed within ducts and plenums including any above ceiling return air plenum shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed twenty-five 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed then fifty
50 when tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E 84 OR UL 723 and shall comply with all requirements of the 2019 CMC Section 602.2.c.Installation of ducts shall be in accordance with Section 603.0 of the 2019 CMC. • All ductwork for heating and cooling system or evaporative cooling system shall be conducted through duct systems constructed of metal as set forth in theSMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard – Metal and Flexible. Factory made air ducts shall be approved for the use intended or shall comply with the 2019 CMC referenced standards Chapter 17. • Joints and seems for duct systems shallcomply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard – Metal and Flexible. Joints of ducts systems shall be made substantially airtight by means of tapes, mastics, gasketing, or other means. Crimp joints for round ducts shall have a contact lap
of not less than 1 1/2” and shall be mechanically fastened by means of not less than 3 sheet-metals screws equally spaced around the joint, or an equivalent fastening method. • Ducts shall be supported at each change of direction and inaccordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard – Metal and Flexible.d.Ducts and plenums shall comply with Section 120.4 of the 2019 California Building Energy Efficiency Standards. • Portions of supply-air and return-air ducts conveying heated or cooled air located in one or more of the following spaces shall beinsulated to a minimum installed level of R-8:a.Outdoors; or
b.In a space between the roof and an insulated ceiling; or
c.In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces; ord.In an unconditioned crawlspace; or
e.In other unconditioned spaces • Portions of supply-air ducts that are not in one of these spaces, including ducts buried in concrete slab, shall be insulated to a minimum installed level of R 4.2 (or any higher level required by CMC Section 604.1 or be enclosed in directly conditioned space. • All factory-fabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181 for ducts and closure systems, including collars, connections, and splices, and be labeled as complying with UL 181. • Factor-made rigid
fiberglass and flexible ducts for fieldfabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181.
MECHANICAL NOTE :
SECTION 141.0 – ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS, AND REPAIRS TO EXISTING NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND HOTEL/MOTEL BUILDINGS, AND TO EXISTINGOUTDOOR LIGHTING, AND TO INTERNALLY AND EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNS
(b) Alterations.
a. The measured duct leakage shall be equal to or less than 15 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing utilizing the procedures in Reference Nonresidential Appendix Section NA2.1.4.2.1; or
b. If it is not possible to comply with the duct leakage criterion in Subsection 141.0(b)2Diia, then all accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified through a visual inspection and a smoke test performed by a certified HERS Rater utilizing the methodsspecified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2.1.4.2.2.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Dii: Duct Sealing. Existing duct systems that are extended, which are constructed, insulated or sealed with asbestos are exempt from the requirements of subsection 141.0(b)2Dii.
Continuous Insulation R-value: R-8
U-factor : 0.082
Nonresidential
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Wood Framed and Others
R-11 insulation
NOTE:Factory made flexible air
ducts shall comply with UL 181
NOTE:Factory made flexible air ducts shall
comply with UL 181
DUCT
FLASHING
CLEAT
CLEAT
DUCT
CURB MIN.
4" HIGH
FLASHING
ROOFING
SPIRAL 18 GA.
FROM EXHAUST FAN
EXHAUST DUCT THRU ROOF
NOT TO SCALE
2
1CEILING DIFFUSER INSTALLATION -
3DUCT THRU ROOF DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
EXIT
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-2
A/
C
D
U
C
T
LA
Y
O
U
T
P
L
A
N
LEGEND :1
EF
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
(NEW)
1
CEILING EXHAUST FAN
"TRADE-WIND" VQT90 UNIT
CAPACITY 100 CFM @ .25" SP
PROVIDE UNIT WITH BACKDRAFT
DAMPER & ROOF JACK. ELECTRICAL:
120V, 100 WATT UNIT SHALL BE
CONTROLLED BY LIGHT SWITCH
UNIT APPROX. WEIGHT = 20 LBS.
DUCT SIZE SCHEDULE
NOTE :
A/C DUCT LAYOUT PLAN
EX ELECTRIC ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT DETAIL
ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL
EX CONDENSATE PIPE
1
2
3
CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES SHALL BE CONFIGURED OR PROVIDEDWITH A CLEANOUT TO PERMIT THE CLEARING OF BLOCKAGES ANDFOR MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE DRAIN LINE TO BECUT. CMC 310.3.1.
•
–
•
–
”
•
–
•
•
•
•
200 CFM10" Ø
EX AC
UNIT#1
20" Ø 14" Ø
14" Ø
12" Ø
10" Ø
16" Ø 16" Ø
700 CFM
14" Ø
12" Ø
200 CFM
10" Ø
200 CFM
10" Ø
300 CFM10" Ø
700 CFM
14" Ø
EF
(NEW)
1
300 CFM
10" Ø
300 CFM
10" Ø
300 CFM
10" Ø
14" Ø
14" Ø
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-3
TI
T
L
E
2
4
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-4
TI
T
L
E
2
4
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
T-0
TI
T
L
E
S
H
E
E
T
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: TYPE: III-A
1. BUILDING STORIES : 1
2. FIRE SPRINKLER: YES
3. REQUIRED 1 EXIT, PROVIDED 1 EXIT
4. OCCUPANCY TYPE: B
SCOPE OF WORK
RESTAURANT INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT
AREA: 1,526 S.F.
- NEW NON-BEARING WALL PARTITION
- NEW KITCHEN EQUIPMENT
- NEW ELECTRICAL OUTLET
- NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE
VICINITY MAP
ACCESSIBILITY NOTE
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SAFE AND CONTINUOUS PASSAGE FOR LOCAL PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AT ALL TIMES.
2. SHOULD ANY OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES OR ANY OTHER FACILITIES CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED WORK AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND AWAIT THE RELOCATION AND/OR ALTERNATE DESIGN.
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SO CONDUCT HIS OPERATIONS AS TO OFFER THE LEAST POSSIBLE OBSTRUCTION AND INCONVENIENCE TO THE PUBLIC, AND HE
SHALL HAVE UNDER CONSTRUCTION NO GREATER LENGTH OR AMOUNT OF WORK THAN HE CAN EXECUTE PROPERLY WITH DUE REGARD TO THE RIGHTS OF THE
PUBLIC.
4. CONVENIENT ACCESS T0 DRIVEWAYS AND BUILDINGS ALONG THE LINE OF WORK SHALL BE MAINTAINED, AND TEMPORARY CROSSINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED
AND MAINTAINED IN GOOD CONDITIONS. NOT MORE THAN ONE CROSSING OR INTERSECTING STREET OR ROAD SHALL BE CLOSED AT ANY ONE TIME WITHOUT THE
APPROVAL OF THE OWNER.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN SUCH FENCES, BARRIERS, DIRECTIONAL SIGNS. LIGHTS. AND FLAG MEN AS ARE NECESSARY TO GIVE
ADEQUATE WARNING TO THE PUBLIC AT ALL TIMES OF ANY DANGEROUS CONDITIONS TO BE ENCOUNTERED AS A RESULT OF THE CONSTRUCTION WORK AND TO
GIVE DIRECTIONS TO THE PUBLIC.
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE DUE CARE TO AVOID INJURY TO EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS OR FACILITIES, UTILITY FACILITIES, ADJACENT PROPERTY, AND
TREES AND SHRUBBERY.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT PRIOR TO ENTERING PROJECT SITE.
7. IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR
CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY
COMPLY WITH ALL STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, AND ORDERS RELATING TO SAFETY TO THE PUBLIC AND WORKERS.
8. ALL WORK RELATED TO ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE GOVERNING POWER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS.
9. ALL WORK EMBODIED IN THESE PLANS SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH - APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE CURRENT GOVERNING BUILDING CODE.
10. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE IN ANY WAY FOR THE CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS' COMPLIANCE WITH THE "OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY REGULATIONS OF U.S. DEPARTMENT LABOR OR WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS "CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
ORDERS" OR ANY OTHER GOVERNING AGENCY SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
GENERAL NOTE
11. CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES THAT HE SHALL ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION
OF THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY, THAT HIS RESPONSIBILITY SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING
HOURS AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD THE OWNER THE ARCHITECT, AND THE ARCHITECT'S CONSULTANTS HARMLESS FROM ANY AND
ALL LIABILITY, REAL OR ALLEGED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THIS PROJECT EXCEPTING FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE
OWNER OR ARCHITECT.
12. SITE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (CBC CHAPTER 11-B) WILL BE REVIEWED UNDER THE GRADING PLAN CHECK NUMBER.
13. ALL MATERIALS INSTALLED SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF CLASS III. INSULATION, PIPING, WIRING ETC. SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD CLASS PER SECTION 707.
14. ALL HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
15. ALL STUDS ARE 2X6 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
16. PADS AT ROUGH GRADING WILL HAVE A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1% TOWARDS THE STREET DESIGNED DRAINAGE OUTLET. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS.
17. FINISH GRADING WILL BE COMPLETED AND APPROVED AND SLOPE PLANTING AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS INSTALLED BEFORE OCCUPANCY OF BUILDINGS.
18. SECURE ENCROACHMENT PERMIT PER THE CITY'S REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION, GRADING AND OR DISCHARGE OF DRAINAGE WITHIN STREET RIGHT OF WAY.
19. SECURITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SWINGING DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES BUILDING CODE.
20. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STEEL CERTIFICATIONS TO THE CITY GOVERNING AGENCY BUILDING DIVISION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
21. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AND
OBTAIN APPROVALS FROM THE INSURANCE SERVICE OFFICE, (I.R.I). BUILDINGS, FIRE DEPARTMENT AND OTHER REQUIRED GOVERNING AGENCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO
THE ARCHITECT FOR HIS REVIEW PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM FROM CONNECTION TO SITE
WATER MAIN TO INTERIOR OF BUILDING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND TO PLAN INDICATING BUILDINGS TO BE SPRINKLED ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED TO UPGRADE THE FIRE
SPRINKLERED SYSTEM SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. FIRE SPRINKLER DRAWINGS SHALL BE UNDER A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.
22. THE FIRE SPRINKLER SERVICE MUST BE EQUIPPED AND INSTALLED PER FIRE DEPARTMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL
CONTACT THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR WATER DESIGN SPECS. ON UNDERGROUND CONNECTION.
TURNING SPACE
1. Circular turning spaces shall be a space of 60 inches diameter minimum and may include knee and toe clearance complying with 11B-306 Knee and Toe Clearance. §11B-304.3.1
2. T-Shaped turning spaces shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch square minimum with arms and base 36 inches wide minimum. Each arm of the T shall be clear of obstructions 12
inches minimum in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24 inches minimum. §11B-304.3.2, Figure 11B-304.3.2
KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE
1. For lavatories and built-in dining and work surfaces required to be accessible, toe clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width and 9 inches in height above the finish floor or
ground for a depth of 19 inches minimum. §11B-306.2.1
2. Toe clearance shall extend 19 inches maximum under lavatories for toilet and bathing facilities and 25 inches maximum under other elements. §11B-306.2.2
3. At lavatories in toilet and bathing facilities, knee clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width for a depth of 11 inches at 9 inches above the finish floor or ground and for a
depth of 8 inches at 27 inches above the finish floor or ground increasing to 29 inches high minimum above the finish floor or ground at the front edge of a counter with a built-in lavatory
or at the front edge of a wall-mounted lavatory fixture. §11B- 306.3.3, Figure 11B-306.3(c)
4. At dining and work surfaces required to be accessible, knee clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width at 27 inches above the finish floor or ground for a depth of at least 19
inches. §11B-306.3
DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES
1. Doors, doorways, and gates providing user passage shall be provided in accordance with 11B-206.5 Doors, Doorways, and Gates. §11B-206.5
2. Doors, doorways and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates. §11B-404.1
3. Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with
the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width
lower than 34 inches above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches and 80 inches above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches.
§11B-404.2.3
4. Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.1. §11B- 404.2.4.1
5. Doorways less than 36 inches wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.2. §11B-404.2.4.2
6. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches of the latch side an interior doorway, or within 24 inches of the latch side of an
exterior doorway, projects more than 8 inches beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. §11B- 404.2.4.3
7. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1⁄2 inch high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces and
11B-303 Changes in Level. §11B- 404.2.5
8. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 11B-309.4 Operation. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches minimum and
44 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. §11B-404.2.7
9. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: §11B-404.2.9
a. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds maximum.
b. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds maximum.
c. Required fire doors: the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not to exceed 15 pounds.
d. Exterior hinged doors: 5 pounds maximum.
10. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or
gate. Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch of the same plane as the other and be free of sharp or abrasive edges. Cavities created by
added kick plates shall be capped. §11B-404.2.10
RAMPS
1. Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12 (8.33%). §11B-405.2
2. Cross slope of ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48 (2.083%). §11B-405.3
3. Floor or ground surfaces of ramp runs shall comply with 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Changes in level other than the running slope and cross slope are not permitted on ramp
runs. §11B-405.4
4. The clear width of a ramp run shall be 48 inches minimum. §11B-405.5
5. The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches maximum. §11B-405.6
6. Ramps shall have landings at the top and the bottom of each ramp run. §11B-405.7
7. Landings shall comply with 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Changes in level are not permitted. §11B- 405.7.1
8. The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the widest ramp run leading to the landing. §11B- 405.7.2
9. Top landings shall be 60 inches wide minimum. §11B-405.7.2.1
10. The landing clear length shall be 60 inches long minimum. §11B-405.7.3
11. Bottom landings shall extend 72 inches minimum in the direction of ramp run. §11B-405.7.3.1
12. Ramps that change direction between runs at landings shall have a clear landing 60 inches minimum by 72 inches minimum in the direction of downward travel from the upper ramp run.
§11B-405.7.4
13. Where doorways are located adjacent to a ramp landing, maneuvering clearances required by 11B-404.2.4 and 11B-404.3.2 shall be permitted to overlap the required landing area. Doors,
when fully open, shall not reduce the required ramp landing width by more than 3 inches. Doors, in any position, shall not reduce the minimum dimension of the ramp landing to less than 42
inches. §11B-405.7.5
14. Ramp runs shall have compliant handrails per 11B-505 Handrails. §11B-405.8
15. Edge protection complying with 11B-405.9.2 Curb or Barrier shall be provided on each side of ramp runs
and at each side of ramp landings. §11B-405.9 (See exceptions)
16. A curb, 2 inches high minimum, or barrier shall be provided that prevents the passage of a 4 inch diameter sphere, where any portion of the sphere is within 4 inches of the finish floor or
ground surface. To prevent wheel entrapment, the curb or barrier shall provide a continuous and uninterrupted barrier along the length of the ramp. §11B-405.9.2
17. Landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water. §11B-405.10
CURB RAMPS, BLENDED TRANSITIONS AND ISLANDS
1. Perpendicular ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12 (8.33%). §11B-406.2.1
2. For perpendicular ramps, where provided, curb ramp flares shall not be steeper than 1:10. §11B-406.2, Figure 11B-406.2.2
3. The running slope of the curb ramp segments shall be in-line with the direction of sidewalk travel. Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12 (8.33%). §11B-406.3.1, Figure
11B-406.3.2
4. A turning space 48 inches minimum by 48 inches minimum shall be provided at the bottom of the curb ramp. The slope of the turning space in all directions shall be 1:48 maximum (2.083%).
§11B-406.3.2
5. Blended transition ramps hall have a running slope not steeper than 1:20 (5%). §11B-406.4.1
6. Curb ramps and the flared sides of curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes, parking spaces, or parking access aisles. Curb ramps at marked
crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides. §11B-406.5.1
7. The clear width of curb ramp runs (excluding any flared sides), blended transitions, and turning spaces shall be 48 inches minimum. §11B-406.5.2
8. Landings shall be provided at the tops of curb ramps and blended transitions (parallel curb ramps shall not be required to comply). The landing clear length shall be 48 inches minimum. The
landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the curb ramp, excluding any flared sides, or the blended transition leading to the landing. The slope of the landing in all directions shall be 1:48
(2.083%) maximum. §11B-406.5.3
9. Grade breaks at the top and bottom of curb ramp runs shall be perpendicular to the direction of the ramp run. Grade breaks shall not be permitted on the surface of ramp runs and turning
spaces. Surface slopes that meet at grade breaks shall be flush. §11B-406.5.6
10. The cross slope of curb ramps and blended transitions shall be 1:48 (2.083%) maximum. §11B-406.5.7
11. Counter slopes of adjoining gutters and road surfaces immediately adjacent to and within 24 inches of the curb ramp shall not be steeper than 1:20 (5%). The adjacent surfaces at
transitions at curb ramps to walks, gutters, and streets shall be at the same level. §11B-406.5.8
12. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have a clear space 48 inches minimum outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. Diagonal curb ramps provided at marked crossings shall provide
the 48 inches minimum clear space within the markings. §11B-406.5.9
13. Curb ramps and blended transitions shall have detectable warnings complying with 11B-705 Detectable Warnings. §11B-406.5.12
14. Raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or have curb ramps at both sides. The clear width of the accessible route at islands shall be 60 inches wide minimum.
Where curb ramps are provided, they shall comply with 11B-406 Curb Ramps, Blended Transitions and Islands. Landings complying with 11B-406.5.3 Landings and the accessible route shall
be permitted to overlap. Islands shall have detectable warnings complying with 11B-705 Detectable Warnings and Detectable Directional Texture. §11B-406.6, Figure 11B-406.6
GENERAL SITE AND BUILDING ELEMENTS
1. Where parking spaces are provided, accessible parking spaces shall be provided in number and kind required per Section 11B-208 Parking Spaces. §11B-208.1
2. Where passenger loading zones, drop-off zones, and/or bus stops are provided, accessible passenger loading zones, drop-off zones, and/or bus stops are required.
SEPARATE PERMITAPPLICABLE CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC)
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC)
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
CONTACT INFO
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH NOTES
The following Environmental Health notes are to be placed on your plans to assist in providing clear direction between those involved in the actual
construction of a food facility including contractors and Environmental Health Specialists. These notes will encompass most food facilities but are not
meant to be comprehensive for all food facilities or situations:
1.A concrete slab is provided for trash, garbage, and grease container. If walls enclose area, the interior wall surfaces will be smooth, sealed and washable (e.g.,
plastered smooth and painted, etc.).
2.All food-related and utensil-related equipment shall meet or be equivalent to sanitation standards established by an American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
accredited program.
3.All floor mounted equipment will be installed on minimum 6" sanitary legs, castors, or completely sealed in position on a 4 " high curb with continuously coved
base. Countertop equipment will be on 4-inch sanitary legs or sealed to the counter unless readily movable.
4.If soft drink, ice or other dispensers are self-service, or if refills are provided they must be push button types, or lever types where the lever contacts the
container at least one inch below the rim.
5.Any openable windows vent openings or other similar openings must be provided with tight fitting screens of minimum 16-mesh to the inch. Windows to be fixed
at food prep, utensil-washing, open food and utensil storage areas.
6.All exterior doors open outward and are self-closing and tight fitting.
7.Bi-fold, French, accordion style and roll-up doors cannot open into the food prep, utensil washing or unpackaged food service areas.
8.Toilet room and dressing room doors must be self-closing, tight fitting.
9.Delivery doors to have air curtain fans that span the width over the door. The fan must activate via a microswitch providing a minimum velocity of 1600 fpm
measured 3 feet above the ground.
10.A minimum of 10 foot-candles of light measured 30" off floor is provided in walk-in refrigerated storage and dry storage rooms and at least 20-foot candles is
provided where food is provided for consumer self-service, where fresh produce or prepackaged foods are sold or offered for consumption; inside equipment
such as reach-in and under-counter refrigerators; in areas used for handwashing, warewashing, equipment and utensil storage, and in toilet rooms.
11.A minimum of 50 foot-candles of light measured 30" off floor is provided when working with food or working with utensils or equipment such as knives,
slicers, grinders, or saws where employee safety is a factor and in all areas during periods of cleaning.
12.Shattershields for all lights above food preparation, work, and storage areas will be provided.
13.All warewashing sinks to have 3 compartments that are a minimum size of at least 18"x18"x12" deep (or 16"x20"x12" deep) with a minimum 18" drainboard
at each end. If against a wall, it must have an 8" integral backsplash. However, it must be capable of accommodating the largest utensil to be washed. A
warewashing machine does not substitute for the sink requirement.
14.Sinks to have spout(s) capable of reaching each compartment.
15.Food prep sink compartment(s) to be at least 18"x18"x12" deep (or 16"x20"x12" deep) with a minimum 18" drainboard. Separate food prep sinks to be
provided for meats and produce.
16.The 3 or 4 compartment bar sink to be at least 12"x12"x10" deep (or 10"x14"x10" deep) with a minimum 18" drainboard at each end.
17.A separate wet waste dump fixture shall be provided for disposal of drink or waste ice or coffee waste.
18.Each handwashing sink must have permanently mounted single-service soap and paper towel dispensers.
19.The hot water heater will be a commercial type capable of constantly supplying hot water at a temperature of 120ºF to all sinks. In sizing the water heater,
the peak hourly demand for all sinks, etc., are added together to determine the minimum required recovery rate.
20.All lavatories or hand sinks will have a combination faucet or premixing faucet capable of supplying water tempered to 100ºF. Self-closing or metered faucet
to provide at least 15 seconds of water without reactivation.
21.All plumbing, electrical and gas lines shall be concealed within the building structure to as great an extent as possible. All exposed conduits, plumbing, etc.
shall be installed at least 6" off floor and 3/4" from walls using standoff brackets.
22.Conduits, plumbing or piping cannot be installed across any aisle way, traffic area or door opening.
23.Multiple runs or clusters of conduit or pipelines shall be furred in or encased in an approved sealed enclosure.
24.All liquid waste shall be drained by means of indirect waste pipes into a floor sink. Floor sinks are to be installed flush with the finished floor surface and have
suitable easily removable safety cover grates.
25.Floor sink to be 50% exposed when no access is provided for cleaning or be in line with the front face of elevated freestanding equipment.
26.Approved backflow prevention devices shall be properly installed upstream of any potential hazard between the potable water supply and a source of
contamination. Hoses shall not be attached to a faucet or hose bibb unless an approved backflow preventer is provided.
27.Water supply to carbonators shall be protected by an approved reduced pressure principle backflow preventer. The relief valve shall drain indirectly to sewer
with a legal air gap.
28.For cleaning floor mats, the janitorial sink to be a minimum 24" by 36" floor-mounted type. Mops shall be placed in a position that allows them to air-dry
without soiling walls, equipment, or supplies.
29.The janitorial sink faucet will have a threaded outer lip for hose attachment and an approved backflow prevention device. No chemical dispensing systems or
shutoff valves to be attached to mop sink faucet outlet (unless a "sidekick" plumbing device is installed).
30.No condensate or wastewater including HVAC will drain into the janitorial sink.
31.Grease trap to be located outside the food service activity area, flush with the finished floor when indoors. Local wastewater district or building department to
be contacted for grease removal requirements.
32.Floor drains shall be installed in floors that are water-flushed for cleaning and in areas where pressure spray methods for cleaning equipment are used, in
restrooms, janitorial rooms, sculleries, and at bars with warewashing. Floor surfaces in areas pursuant to this shall be sloped 1:50 to the floor drains.
33.Adequate ventilation is to be provided to all toilet rooms, janitor closets with mop sinks, and indoor trash rooms and in dressing/change room(s).
34.The floor finish will have a smooth surface under all equipment and walkways will have a light texture only.
35.The paint used on walls and ceilings of all kitchen, food preparation, work, and storage areas will be a gloss or semi-gloss enamel. Finish material shall be a
light color in food prep areas for easy cleaning.
36.Prior to installation, samples of finishes to be submitted to Environmental Health for approval as needed.
37.Cold storage rooms shall be provided with a section of shelving installed to hold shallow cool down pans -not to exceed 4" in height. Space between
shelving to be at least 8" high.
38.Backup dry storage shelving shall be a minimum of 96 linear feet (measured with tiers) or 25% of kitchen, food prep, and work areas, whichever is greater.
Shelving shall be at least 18 inches deep and start a minimum six inches off the floor surface.
39.Shelving over wet areas (sinks, mop sinks etc.) and food prep surfaces will be metal.
40.All seams, gaps, openings to be properly sealed.
1.BEFORE SUBMITTING THE BID, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE PLANS PERTAINING TO THIS WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE
SITE AND FULLY INFORM HIMSELF AS TO ALL CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS APPLYING TO THIS WORK HE SHALL ESTIMATE AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID A SUM
SUFFICIENT TO COVER THE COST OF ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS TO ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PERMITS AS REQUIRED BY THE Governing AUTHORITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION.
3. ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE IN THE OWNER'S NAME, AND CHARGES FOR INSTALLATION OF THE WATER AND GAS METERS AND ALL PIPING FROM
MAIN TO SAID METERS.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SENT PROPER NOTICES. MAKE ALL NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS AND PERFORM ALL SERVICES REQUIRED IN THE
MAINTENANCE OF ALL PUBLIC UTILITIES
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUIRE SUCH COOPERATION OF THE VARIOUS TRADES AS WILL BE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE EACH AND EVERY PART OF
THE WORK. EVEN
THROUGHOUT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. NOTED OR DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS
OR SPECIFICATIONS.
7. DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOBSITE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY( THE CONTRACTORS. DISCREPANCIES IN THE DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN THE
DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS OR CODE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT. CORRECTED DRAWINGS OR
INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE ISSUED By THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK
CONTRACTOR NOTES
FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES
1.EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING ANY HAZARDOUS AREA OR WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD
OF 50 OR MORE.
2.EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.
3.WIDTH AND HEIGHT OF REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS TO COMPLY WITH CBC2022 SECTION 1005
4.EXITS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ANY TIME THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED, WITH LIGHT HAVING AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOT-CANDLE
AT FLOOR LEVEL.
5.EXIT SIGN SHALL BE PER CBC 2019
6.FIRE EXTINGUISHER REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY FIRE INSPECTOR.
7.BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS TO BE PROVIDED ON THE FRONT OF ALL BUILDINGS AND SHALL BE VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM STREET FRONTING
THE PROPERTY. SAID NUMBERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND.
8.COMMERCIAL DUMPSTER OR CONTAINERS WITH AN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY ON 1.5 CUBIC YARDS OR GREATER SHALL NOT BE STORED OR PLACED
WITHIN FIVE FEET OF COMBUSTIBLE WALLS, OPENINGS OR COMBUSTIBLE ROOF EAVE LINES UNLESS AREAS CONTAINING DUMPSTER ARE
PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED SPRINKLER SYSTEM.
9.AN APPROVAL FIXED FIRE EXTINGUISHES SYSTEM FOR THE KITCHEN HOOD, DUCTS AND COOKING SURFACES SHALL BE HANDLED BY THE
LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION CO. TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE DEPT. FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
10.THE LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION CO. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE U.L. APPROVAL SYSTEM NUMBER, THE SUBMISSION U.L. APPROVAL SCHEMATIC
DRAWING TO AREA INSPECTION UNIT.
11.INTERIOR FINISH SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC2019 TABLE 803.5
12.ALL DRAPES, HANGINGS, CURTAINS, DROPS AND ALL OTHER DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH FIRE CODE CHAPTER 11
13. BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED SO AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET FRONTING
THE PROPERTY. THE NUMBERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4 INCHES HIGH, 1 INCH WIDE WITH A 1/2 INCH STROKE. FOR BUILDINGS SET BACK MORE
THAN 150 FEET FROM THE STREET, THE NUMBERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 5 INCHES HIGH, 2 INCHES WIDE WITH A 1/2 INCH STROKE. CFC 505.1
14.THE INSPECTION, HYDROSTATIC TEST AND FLUSHING OF THE UNDERGROUND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE WITNESSED BY AN
AUTHORIZED FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE AND NO UNDERGROUND PIPING OR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE COVERED WITH EARTH OR
HIDDEN FROM VIEW UNTIL THE FIRE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN NOTIFIED AND GIVEN NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS IN WHICH TO
INSPECT SUCH INSTALLATIONS. FIRE CODE.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: TOP-ARC GROUP
CONTACT: STEVEN CHEN
ADDRESS: 1140 Centre Dr, Suite E,Walnut, CA 91789
P: 626-226-3939 E: YAOLONG0221@YAHOO.COM
MOLLY TEA
1130 S. Baldwin Ave., #A5, Arcadia, CA 91007
1. SIGN PROGRAM IS UNDER A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL BY BUILDING DEPT.
2. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL BY
THE FIRE DEPT.
3. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED BY A CITY OF LOS ANGELES
RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY OR APPROVED BY THE THE DEPARTMENT.
EXTERIOR ADA UNDER SHELL BUILDING PERMIT AND TO BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO FRAMING INSPECTION FOR THIS PROJECT
ALL PARTIES AGREE THAT ADA REQUIREMENTSTO BE
UPDATED ENTIRETY TO CBC CHAPTER
11TENANTIMPROVEMENT SHALL COMPLY TO SEC11B-202
SIGNATURE:DATED:6.1.2024
4. NOTATE: MAX 5’-9” HIGH SHELVES. OTHERWISE ENGINEERING IS REQUIRED.
5. EXTERIOR ADA UNDER SHELL BUILDING PERMIT AND TO BE COMPLETED PRIOR
TO FRAMING INSPECTION FOR THIS PROJECT
Construction debris shall be recycled per State
mandate.
The contractor will be required to use the city’s
franchised hauler (Athens waste
management) or provide a deposit and debris
estimate at permit issuance should they choose
to self-haul.
TOTAL
DINNING AREA
RESTROOM AREA
SECTION
AREA: 1237 S.F.
OCCUPANCY LOAD
293 sq. ft.O.L =293/15=20
STORAGE ROOM 77 sq. ft.O.L =77/200=1
AREA
HALL WAY
57 sq. ft.
310 sq. ft.
24 PERSON 14 PERSON
PREP/SERVICE AREA 500 sq. ft.O.L =500/200=3
O.L =293/30=10
O.L =77/200=1
O.L =500/200=3
OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATION
PLUMBINGOCCUPANCY LOAD
PAGE INDEX
T-0 TITLE SHEET
T-1 SITE PLAN
GC-1 2022 CAL GREEN
GC-2 2022 CAL GREEN
GC-3 2022 CAL GREEN
A-0 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
A-1 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN
A-1.1 EGRESS PLAN
A-2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & DETAIL
HD-1 H.C DETAIL
HD-2 H.C DETAIL
E-0 PANEL SCHEDULE
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E-1 POWER PLAN
E-2 CEILING PLAN
P-1 PLUMBING PLAN
P-2 WASTE PLAN
M-1 MECH NOTE
M-2 DUCT PLAN
M-3 TITLE 24
M-4 TITLE 24
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
T-1
EX
S
I
T
E
P
L
A
N
NOTES:
NO CHANGE TO SITE / INCREASE IN PARKING
PROPOSED TI.
EXISTING ACCESSIBLE
PATH OF TRAVEL
SITE LEGENDS:
EXISTING BUILDING
EXISTING GAS
STATION
EXISTING BUILDING A
(1-STORY)
EXISTING BUILDING B
(2-STORY)
(E) RAMP
EXISTING
BUILDING
C
N
SI
D
E
W
A
L
K
SI
D
E
W
A
L
K
EX SITE PLAN
N.T.S
OUTSIDE TRASH DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE. THE INTERIOR
WALLS AND FLOOR OF THE TRASHDUMPSTER
ENCLOSURE MUST BE SMOOTH AND SEALED WITH AN
EPOXY SEALER.
No abrupt changes in elevation along the path
of travel shown. The slope and crossslope
along the path of travel shall not exceed 5%
and 2% respectively. Inspector to verify.
8.33%
MAX.
48"
MIN.
8.33%
MAX.
FRONT EDGE
OF SIDEWALK
SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.12
48"
MIN.
FIGURES 11B-406.2.2 & 11B-406.5.3
PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP DETAIL
2% MAX. SLOPE AT
LANDING IN ALL
DIRECTIONS SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.11
FLARED
SIDES
10% MAX.
SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.12
SEE SEC. 11B-406.5.11
FRONT EDGE
OF SIDEWALK
2% MAX. SLOPE AT
LANDING IN ALL
DIRECTIONS RETAINING CURB IF
NECESSARY AT
BACK OF SIDEWALK
2%MA
X
.
8.
3
3
%
MA
X
.
48
"
MI
N
.
48
"
MI
N
.
STRIPES AT
36" MAX. O.C.
IN BLUE OR
WHITE
BLUE
BORDER
CENTERED
9'-0" MIN. O.C.
9'-0" MIN. O.C.
5'-0" MIN. AT TYP. ACCESSIBLE PARKING
STALL; 8'-0" MIN. AT PASSENGER SIDE
OF VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL
NOTE: ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE AND ACCESS AISLES NOT TO
EXCEED 2% SLOPE IN ALL DIRECTIONS.
NOTE: VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 98" MIN. AT ACCESSIBLE PARKING
SPACES, ACCESS AISLES, AND VEHICULAR ROUTES SERVING THEM.
FIGURES 11B-502.2, 11B-502.3, & 11B-502.3.3 - PERPENDICULAR PARKING
PARKING STALLS 1
ALIGNED WITH
END OF STALL
NO
PARKING
WHEEL STOP
WITHIN THE
ACCESS AISLE
PAINT IN WHITE
THE WORDS "NO
PARKING" IN 12"
MIN. PER SEC.
11B-502.3.3
TYP. SURFACE
IDENTIFICATION
36" BY 36" PER
SEC. 11B-502.6.4
PEDESTRIAN ROUTE
70 SQ. INCH
ACCESSIBILITY
SIGN PER SEC.
11B-502.6.1
18
'
-
0
"
M
I
N
.
ACCESS AISLE 2
6'
-
0
"
ACCESS AISLE 28.33%
MAX.
8.33%
MAX.19.27.2024
COMMENTS 6.1
NOTE : ONLY APPROVED DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT, ACCESS COMPLIANCE
(DS/AC) APPROVED DETECTABLE WARNING PRODUCTS AND DIRECTIONAL SURFACES
SHALL BE INSTALLED.
19.30.2024
COMMENTS 6.2(A) c COMMENTS 6.2(B) b
11B-502.7.1 Arrangement
Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed so that persons using them are not required to
travel behind parking spaces other than to pass behind the parking space in which they parked.
HD-2 (9)
ACCESS
SIGN AT
ENTRANCE
19.30.2024
COMMENTS 6.2(A) c COMMENTS 6.2(B) b
ENTRANCE
(E) ADA PARKING
1
T-1
1
HD-2
AREA OF WORK
UNIT #A5
1130 S. Baldwin Ave., #A5,
Arcadia, CA 91007
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
GC-1
20
2
2
C
A
L
G
R
E
E
N
CHAPTER 5
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
SECTION 5.101 GENERAL
5.101.1 SCOPE
DIVISION 5.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 (January 2023)
Y
SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS
5.102.1 DEFINITIONS
(and are included here for reference)
CUTOFF LUMINAIRES.
LOW-EMITTING AND FUEL EFFICIENT VEHICLES.
NEIGHBORHOOD ELECTRIC VEHICLE (NEV).
TENANT-OCCUPANTS.
VANPOOL VEHICLE.
Note:
ZEV.
SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT
5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND.
5.106.1.1 Local ordinance
5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs).
DIVISION 5.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
SECTION 5.201 GENERAL
5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS].
DIVISION 5.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION
SECTION 5.301 GENERAL
5.301.1 Scope.
SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS
5.302.1 Definitions. (and are included here for reference)
EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS].
FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS].
METERING FAUCET
GRAYWATER.
MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO).
MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD]
POTABLE WATER.
POTABLE WATER. [HCD]
RECYCLED WATER.
SUBMETER. [HCD 1]
WATER BUDGET.
5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section
5.106.5.3.1 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code.
Exceptions:
1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon
one of the following conditions:
a.Where there is no local utility power supply
b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.
c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design
requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the
project.
2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with this code section
5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces.
[N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements:
1.Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall
originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the
EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV
charging spaces.
2.A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt,
40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each
EVCS.
3.The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each
EV capable space.
4.The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV
CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE."
Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one
standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an
enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details.
ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS:
HCD Department of Housing and Community Development
BSC California Building Standards Commission
DSA-SS Division of the State Architect, Structural Safety
OSHPD Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
LR Low Rise
HR High Rise
AA Additions and Alterations
N New
5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant-occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of
the tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.
5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant
vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.
5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a
minimum of one bicycle parking facility.
5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shall be convenient from the street and shall meet one of the
following:
1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;
2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or
3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.
Note: Additional information on recommended bicycle accommodations may be obtained from Sacramento Area Bicycle Advocates.
5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections
5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2
5.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new
building.
5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new
building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following:
1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;
2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or
3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.
5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING.
5.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter.
5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle
racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one
two-bike capacity rack.
Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces.
CHAPTER 3
GREEN BUILDING
SECTION 301 GENERAL
301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code.
Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this
code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7.
301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly
constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies
within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building
being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work.
A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A].
When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used.
301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only:
Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced
with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real
property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring
compliance.
301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work.
301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC)
301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC)
SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS
302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building
measures applicable to each specific occupancy.
SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS
303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building
components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply.
303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements
shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations.
5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS).
ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section
5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a
minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs.
5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS.
When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3.
Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its
successor(s).
5.106.5.4 Electric Vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N]
Construction shall comply with section 5.106.5.4.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses,
grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty
EVSE.
Exceptions:
1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the
following conditions:
a.Where there is no local utility power supply.
b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.
c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design
requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.
When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows:
5.106.5.4.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouse, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces.
[N]In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV charging supply and distribution equipment, spare raceways(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for
transformers(s), service panels(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction
plans and specifications shall include but are not limited to, the following:
1.The transformer, main service equipment and subpanel shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.4.1 to accommodate the
dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE.
2.The construction documents shall indicate on or more location(s) convenient to the planned offstreet loading space(s) reserved for
medium-and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the
termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s) as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1
3.Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area where potential future medium-and heavy-duty
EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximity to the potential future location of the charging equipments for medium- and
heavy-duty vehicles.
4.The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system load to the future location of the charging for
medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1.
TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACESNUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES
¹¹
5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to comply with the following:
1.The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative
Code; and
2.Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8);
3.Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) and
4.Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7,
whichever is more stringent.
Exceptions: [N]
ALLOWABLE RATING LIGHTING ZONE
LZ0
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ1
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ2
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ3
LIGHTING ZONE
LZ4
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT
RATING 3
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UPLIGHT
RATING (U)
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND.
Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must
comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater
Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality
Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit).
The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre-project hydrology) with the installation of
postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration,
and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures. Stormwater volume that cannot be
addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency.
Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the
stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development.
N/A Y N/A
2.The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count towards the total number of required EV capable
spaces shown in column 2.
5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)
EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1
may be provided with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC), except that at least one Level 2 EVSE shall be
provided.
One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by
Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger.
The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce
proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel.
Y N/A Y N/A
Y = YES
N/A =NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER,
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
5.106.8.1 Facing- Backlight
Exception: Corners.
5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare.
Note: [N]
California Building Code
California Energy
Code
California Building Code
5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from
entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.Swales.
2.Water collection and disposal systems.
3.French drains.
4.Water retention gardens.
5.Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge.Exception: Additions and alterations not
altering the drainage path.
5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS].
5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas.
Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in
Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting.
5.106.12.2 Landscape areas.
Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.
5.106.12.3.Hardscape areas.
Exceptions:
1.Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in
Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting.
2.Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.
BUILDING TYPE NUMBER OF OFF-STREET
LOADING SPACES
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5
(G)
California Energy Code
Callifornia Administrative Code.
U
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
CG-2
20
2
2
C
A
L
G
R
E
E
N
5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS.
5.303.3.1 Water Closets.
Note:
5.303.3.2 Urinals.
5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals.
5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals.
5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG]
5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead.
5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower.
Note:
DIVISION 5.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY
SECTION 5.401 GENERAL
5.401.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING
5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.
5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan.
5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company.
Note:
Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2:
5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative.
5.408.1.4 Documentation.
Notes:
5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A]
Note
5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS.
Exception:
Notes:
DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
SECTION 5.501 GENERAL
5.501.1 SCOPE.
SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. (and are included here for reference)
ARTERIAL HIGHWAY.
A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA).
1 BTU/HOUR.
COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL).
COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS.
“”
––
Note:
DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn).
DECIBEL (db).
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV).
California Electrical Code
ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION(S) (EVCSj).
ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE).
ENERGY EQUIVALENT (NOISE) LEVEL (Leq).
EXPRESSWAY.
FREEWAY.
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP).
GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE).
HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT.
.
LONG RADIUS ELBOW.
LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT.
MERV.–
MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR).
PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR).
PSIG.
REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC).
SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES.
SHORT RADIUS ELBOW.
SUPERMARKET.
VOC.
Note:
SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES
5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential
requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local
ordinances.
5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable,
and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits.
SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL
5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION.
5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction.
5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N]
5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N]
5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N]
5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N]
5.410.2.6 Commissioning report.[N]
5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING.New buildings less than 10,000 square feet.
5.410.4.2 (Reserved)
Note:
5.410.4.2 Systems.
5.410.4.3 Procedures.
5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 (January 2023)
SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS
5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS.
Exception
5.410.1.1 Additions.
Exception
5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance.Public
Resources Code
Note:’
5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N]
California Code of Regulations
5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N]
5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N]
5.303.1.2 Excess consumption.
SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE
5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or
the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent.
Notes:
5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections
5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with
Section 490 of Chapter 2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) shall be 0.65 with an
additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35.
Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the
MWELO.
5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet.
5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet.
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT.
5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers.
Note:
5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION.
5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS.
California Plumbing Code California Plumbing Code
Y N/A
SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS
5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. (and are included here for reference)
ADJUST.
BALANCE.
BUILDING COMMISSIONING.
’
ORGANIC WASTE.
TEST.
SECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT
5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION.
5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL.
5.407.2.1 Sprinklers.
5.407.2.2 Entries and openings
5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection.
5.407.2.2.2 Flashing.
5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N]New buildings 10,000 square feet and over.
’’
Note:
’’
Exceptions:
Note:
Informational Notes:
California Energy Code
5.410.4.4 Reporting.
5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual.
5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports.
Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
Y = YES
N/A =NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER,
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains.
5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets.
5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets.
5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains.
5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets.
5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains.
Note:
5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray value
California Code of Regulations
FOR REFERENCE ONLY:California Code of Regulations
PRODUCT CLASS
[spray force in ounce force (ozf)]MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm)
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
CG-3
20
2
2
C
A
L
G
R
E
E
N
5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings.
5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings.
California Code of Regulations
5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion.
5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive.
5.504.4.5 Composite wood products.
5.504.4.5.3 Documentation.
ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT
SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS
SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT
SEALANT PRIMERS
COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT
SPECIALTY COATINGS
PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT
5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food
stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units
or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or
greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities.
Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section.
Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants.
5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using
threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in
refrigerant systems except as noted below.
5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack.
5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less.
5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils.
5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil.
Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows.
5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows.
5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet
of the pressure relief valve.
5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve
inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve.
5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use.
5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic.
5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place.
5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps.
Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation.
5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant
material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances.
5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency.
5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the
receiver.
5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging.
5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum.
5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge.
5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured
with the same gauge.
5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging.
5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes.
5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes.
5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period.
CHAPTER 7
INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS
702 QUALIFICATIONS
702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and
equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct
supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems. Examples of acceptable HVAC
training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following:
1. State certified apprenticeship programs.
2. Public utility training programs.
3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations.
4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations.
5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.
702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall
employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate
competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications
acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special
inspector:
1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher.
2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy
auditors.
3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade.
4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.
Notes:
1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.
2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating
System (HERS).
[BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to
provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the
enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national
or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local
agency.
Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.
703 VERIFICATIONS
703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications,
builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific
documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable
checklist.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 (January 2023)
SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL
5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL
SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY.
California Energy Code
5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING.
5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms.
(DSA-SS) California Energy Code,
SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT
5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL.
Exception:
Exception: [DSA-SS]
5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method.
Exceptions:
5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available.
5.507.4.2 Performance Method.
5.507.4.2.1 Site Features.
5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance.
5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission.
Note:
SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY
5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1
and 5.508.1.2.
5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs.
5.508.1.2 Halons.
5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems.
5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance.
5.504.4.7 Thermal insulation
5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance.
5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels.
5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance.
5.504.5.3 Filters.
Exceptions:
5.504.5.3.1 Labeling.
5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL.
5.504.4.3.2 Verification.
5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems.
5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL.
5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks.
California Code of
Regulations
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
RESPON.
PARTY
Y = YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER,
OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
A-0
MATERIALS NOTES:
FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES:8
ALL FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 803.5, CBC.
TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND FOAM PANEL SPECS OF WALK IN COOLER AND FREEZER
TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
EX
I
S
T
I
N
G
FL
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
BASE WALL CEILING
ITEM
ROOM
FLOOR
ALL FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 803.9, CBC.
. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING CODE
803 AND TABLE 803.9
CLASS A: FLAME SPREAD 0-25; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
CLASS B: FLAME SPREAD 26-75; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
CLASS C: FLAME SPREAD 76-200; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929m2. NP = Not permitted [SFM]
a. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted for wainscotting or paneling of not more than 1,000 square feet of applied surface area in the grade lobby where applied directly to a noncombustible base or over
furring strips applied to a noncombustible base and flreblocked as required by Section 803.11.1.
b. In exit enclosures of buildings less than three stories above grade plane of other than Group 1-3, Class B interior finish for nonsprinklered buildings and Class C interior finish for sprinklered buildings shall be
permitted.
c. Requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces shall be based upon spaces enclosed by partitions. Where a fire-resistance rating is required for structural elements, the enclosing partitions shall extend from the floor
to the ceiling. Partitions that do not comply with this shall be considered enclosing spaces and the rooms or spaces on both sides shall be considered one. In determining the applicable requirements for rooms and
enclosed spaces, the specific occupancy thereof shall be the governing factor regardless of the group classification of the building or structure.
d. Lobby areas in Group A-l, A-2 and A-3 occupancies shall not be less than Class B materials.
e. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in places of assembly with an occupant load of 300 persons or less.
f. For places of religious worship, wood used for ornamental purposes, trusses, paneling or chancel furnishing shall be permitted.
g. Class B material is required where the building exceeds two stories.
h. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in administrative spaces. i. Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in rooms with a capacity of four persons or less.
j. Class B materials shall be permitted as wainscotting extending not more than 48 inches above the finished floor in corridors. k. Finish materials as provided for in other sections of this code.
1. Applies when the exit enclosures, exit passageways, corridors or rooms and enclosed spaces are protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION 2
3'-
0
"
-5
'
-
0
"
CONC. SLAB
EXISTING
MIN.
20 GA.TOP TRACK(TYP)
FINISHED CEILING
BASE WHERE
OCCURS
FASTEN BOT OF STUDS TO
FRAMG. BELW/ 2-# 10 GA. .145
SHOT PINS, W/2" EMBD @24"
O.C I.CC.#ESR -1663
5/8" TYPE"X" GYP.
BOARD ON BOTH SIDE
BOARD WITH 8 SCREWS
@10" O.C. ALONG EACH
STUD ON BOTH SIDES
(ICC# ESR 1046 )
20GA. 3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUDS
@16"O.C.(TYP) (ICC-ESR3016) LARR#25128
4'
-
4
"
EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
EXISTING JOIST (3)#8 SHEET METAL SCREW
ALUM. EDGE TRIM AS REQUIRED
CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING MINIMUM LATERAL FORCE OF 5 PSF PER
SECTION 1607.13, CBC. SEE CHECK-SET OF PLANS
BOTTOM 20GA TRACK ANCHORED(TYP)
25GA.3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUD. BRACING
@48"O.C.MAX.(STAGGERED FROM TOP PLATE
TO BOT OF JOIST OR BRIDGING)
(2)#8 SHT. MTL SCREW TO CLG.
MAIN RUNNER CHANNEL
3
CONC. SLABEXISTING
MIN.
20 GA.TOP TRACK(TYP)
FINISHED CEILING
BOTTOM 20GA TRACK ANCHORED (TYP)BASE WHERE
OCCURS
ALUM. EDGE TRIM AS REQUIRED
EXISTING JOIST
20GA. 3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUDS
@16"O.C.(TYP) (ICC-ESR3016) LARR#25128
4'
-
4
"
"SIMPSON"
"SIMPSON"
(3)#8 SHEET METAL SCREW
5/8" TYPE"X" GYP. BOARD ON BOTH SIDE
BOARD WITH 8 SCREWS @10" O.C.
ALONG EACH STUD ON BOTH SIDES
(ICC# ESR 1046 ) FASTEN BOT OF STUDS
TO FRAMG. BELW/ 2-# 10 GA. .145 SHOT
PINS, W/2" EMBD @24" O.C I.CC.#ESR
-1663
25GA. 3-5/8"x1-3/8" METAL STUD. BRACING
@48"O.C.MAX.(STAGGERED FROM TOP PLATE
TO BOT OF JOIST OR BRIDGING)
(2)#8 SHT. MTL SCREW RUNNER CHANNEL
TO CLG. MAIN
5
LOW PARTITION SECTION 4
INTERIOR CEILING HEIGHTNON LOAD BEARING WALL DETAIL WALL PARALLEL TO JOISTS DETAIL
1010.1.9.4 BOLT LOCKS. MANUALLY OPERATED
FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE NOT
PERMITTED.
1
10" MIN. BOTTOM RAIL OR PROVIDE KICK PLATE RUBBER
BUMPER ON CHAIR TILES 1/4" MAX. BELOW THRESHOLD
DOOR PANIC HARDWARE NOTE: 2 PIECE VERTICAL RODS RON DUPRIN,
JACKSON OR EQUAL, PUSH BAR MUST BE OFFSET FROM DRS EDGE.
1010.1.9.1 HARDWARE. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS
AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON DOORS REQUIRED TO BE
ACCES-SIBLE BY CHAPTER 11A OR 11B SHALL NOT REQUIRE
TIGHT GRASP-ING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST
TO OPERATE.
THESE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HANDLES, PULLS,
LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES, INTENDED
FOR USE ON REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS DOORS IN OTHER
THAN GROUP R AND M OCCUPANCIES WITH AN OCCUPANT
LOAD OF 10 OR LESS, SHALL COMPLY WITH SFM STANDARD
12-10-2, SECTION 12-10-202 CONTAINED IN THE CCR, TITLE 24,
PART 12, CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE.
1010.1.9.2 HARDWARE HEIGHT. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES,
LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED
34TO 44 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. LOCKS
USED ONLY FOR SECURITY PURPOSES AND NOT USED FOR
NORMAL OPERATION ARE PERMITTED AT ANY HEIGHT.
THE EGRESS SIDE ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING:
THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS SPACE IS
OCCUPIED. THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH (25 MM)
HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACK-GROUND.
a)CBC 11 B-404.2.9: Maximum effort to operate doors_including slidingdoors: "Maximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed 5 pounds. When fire
doors are required, the maximum effort to operate the door may be increased tothe minimum allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not toexceed 15 pounds. (CBC 11 B-404.2.9)b)CBC 11 B-404.2.5: Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be ½ inchhigh maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall complywith Sections 11 B-302 and 11 B-303.
34
"
T
O
4
4
"
6'-0"
3'-0"
METAL THRESHOLD
EXISTING FLOOR PLAN A NO
R
T
H
23'-5"
54
'
-
4
"
3'-1"5'-8"6'-0"5'-8"3'-0"
23'-5"
54
'
-
4
"
DR. TYPE/SIZE DESCRIPTION FRAME REMARKS
6'-0"X6'-8"ALUM/TEMP.GLASS GLASS
32" CLR. DR.,SELF-CLOSING.
36"X6'-8"WOOD, PAINT HM/KD 32" CLR. DR., SELF-CLOSING.
EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY
OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE
WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR
ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR
EFFORT.
DOOR PANIC HARDWARE NOTE: 2
PIECE VERTICAL RODS RON
DUPRIN, JACKSON OR EQUAL,
PUSH BAR MUST BE OFFSET FROM
DRS EDGE.
HARDWARE TYPE
3PR. HINGES,PUSH
/PULL,SELF-CLOSER,ALUM,THRESHOLD 1."SIGN
REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS"
A
3pr
hinges,push/pull,doorstop,self-closer,alum.
threshold,disable access symbol
D
DOOR PANIC HARDWARE NOTE: 2 PIECE VERTICAL RODS RON DUPRIN, JACKSON
OR EQUAL, PUSH BAR MUST BE OFFSET FROM DRS EDGE.
SYMOBLE
EX
NEW
When fully open, the
door shall not project more
than 7 inches into therequired width. Reference ofCBC Sec.1005.7.1
DOORS SCHEDULE
A B C D
11B-404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces
Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (254 mm) of the
finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth
surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.
Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be
within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of the same plane as the other and be free
of sharp or abrasive edges. Cavities created by added kick plates
shall be capped.
1010.1.1 Size of Doors
The required capacity of each door opening shall be sufficient for
the occupant load thereof and shall provide a minimum clear
opening width of 32 inches (813 mm). The clear opening width of
doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face
of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees (1.57 rad).
Where this section requires a minimum clear opening width of 32
inches (813 mm) and a door opening includes two door leaves
without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a minimum clear opening
width of 32 inches (813 mm). In Group I-2 or I-2.1, doors serving as
means of egress doors where used for the movement of beds and
stretcher patients shall provide a minimum clear opening width of
44 inches (1118 mm). Where this section requires a minimum clear
opening width of 44 inches (1118 mm) and a door opening includes
two door leaves without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a minimum
clear opening width of 44 inches (1118 mm). The minimum clear
opening height of doors shall be not less than 80 inches (2032 mm).
DOOR HARDWARE REQ.(CA 11B)6
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
DI
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
FL
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
A-1.1
DIMENSIONS PLAN A NO
R
T
H
THAT NO CONDUITS, OR PIPES OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE EXPOSED ABOVE FOOD
PREPARATION, FOOD STORAGE, AND UTENSIL WASHING AREAS.
BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD EMERGENCY
LIGHT (BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE
POWER LOSS W/90 MIN. BATTERY BACK-UP)
10 WNORA LIGHTING
NE-805 (2) 5W, MR16
A
SUPPLIED
BY
INSTALLED
BY
REMARKSWATT/
FIXTURESYMBOLLIGHT BULB/ TYPE
MODEL NO.
HOUSING/ FIXTURE
MODEL NO.
ITEM
NO.
NORA LIGHTING
NEX-709-LED (GREEN)(2) 5W, MR16
UNIVERSAL MT. EXIT SIGN W/ EMERGENCY
ADJ. BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD (ARROW
INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT). (BATTERY
OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS
W/90 MIN. BATTERY BACK-UP)
10 W
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE
B
91'-2">119'-7"/2=60'-2' FT REQ IS OK
SPACING FOR THE EXITS FOR A NON-SPRINKLERED
BUILDING IS ½ OF THE MAXIMUM OVERALL DIMENSION.
9"
PER CBC 11B-703.4.2
PER CBC SECTION 1013.4:
1. EACH GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR THAT IS REQUIRED TO
COMPLY WITH SECTION 1013.1, SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE
EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORD 'EXIT'
2. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT IS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION
1013.1, AND THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT
BY MEANS OF A STAIRWAY OR RAMP SHALL BE INDENTIFIED BY A
TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS AS APPROPRIATE:
1/32" RAISED LETTERING
SAN SERIF (UPPERCASE)
PER CBC 11B-703.2
"EXIT STAIR DOWN"
"EXIT RAMP DOWN"
"EXIT STAIR UP"
"EXIT RAMP UP"
3. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT IS
REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH
SECTION 1013.1, AND THAT
LEADS DIRECTLY TO A
CORRESPONDING
GRADE 2 BRAILLE
PER CBC 11B-703.3
4. EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM
AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO
A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT
IS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH
SEC. 1013.1, SHALL BE
IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT
SIGN WITH THE WORDS 'EXIT
ROUTE'
GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY
MEANS OF AN EXIT ENCLOSURE
OR AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY SHALL
BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE
EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS,
"EXIT ROUTE"
60
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
L
I
N
E
PE
R
C
B
C
1
1
B
-
7
0
3
.
4
.
1
48
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
B
R
A
I
L
L
E
PE
R
C
B
C
1
1
B
-
7
0
3
.
4
.
1
5/
8
"
M
I
N
.
2"
M
A
X
.
TACTILE EXIT SIGN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6'-7"
4'
-
0
"
48
"
M
A
X
6'
-
2
"
M
I
N
17
"
~
4
0
"
40
"
M
A
X
34
"
M
A
X
CL17"~18"
12" MIN
30
"
M
A
X
17
"
~
4
0
"
1
1
/
2
"
MI
N
4'
-
0
"
6'-7"
4'
-
0
"
17
"
~
1
9
"
8'-9"
12" MAX 42" MIN
24" MIN
33
"
~
3
6
"
7"~9"
19
"
M
I
N
CL
CL
RESTROOM
1'-0"9" MIN
6" MIN6"
M
I
N
58
"
M
I
N
,
6
0
"
M
A
X
A
F
F
34
"
~
3
8
"
T
O
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
OP
E
R
A
B
L
E
P
A
R
T
10
"
KI
C
K
P
L
A
T
E
60
"
M
A
X
A
F
F
B
A
S
E
O
F
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
OF
R
A
I
S
E
D
C
H
A
R
A
C
T
E
R
S
48
"
M
I
N
A
F
F
@
B
A
S
E
OF
L
O
W
E
S
T
B
R
A
I
L
L
E
RESTROOM ELEVATION
RESTROOM ELEVATION
RESTROOM DETAILS
1 3
4 2
5
7
6
URINAL DETAILS
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
5'X5' CLR
4'X4' CLR
18
"
DIA. CLEAR 60" MIN
centerline
of fixture 1'
-
6
"
FLUSH
ACTIVATOR
ON WIDE SIDE
centerline
of fixture4'-1"
13'-6"9'-3"
23'-3"
5'
-
7
"
9'
-
8
"
37
'
-
1
1
"
26
'
-
3
"
19
'
-
5
"
7'
-
1
1
"
54
'
-
2
"
54
'
-
2
"
6'X5' CLR
6'X5' CLR
4'
X
4
'
C
L
R
5'
*
5
'
C
L
R
4'X4' CLR
5'*5' CLR
EXIT
CE
I
L
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
A-2
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
SUSPENDED CEILING GENERAL NOTES
(SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE THE PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635 AND ASTM C 636)
1. CEILING AREA GREATER THAN 1,000 SQUARE FEET MUST HAVE HORIZONTAL
RESTRAINT TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM ABOVE. THE TRIBUTARY AREAS OF
THE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINTS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY EQUAL.
2. MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS TEES MUST BE SUPPORTED WITHIN 8 INCHES OF
EACH WALL WITH 12-GAUGE WIRE OR APPROVED WALL SUPPORT.
3. A STRUT IS TO BE ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE AT EACH BRACING.
4. RIGID BRACING MAY BE USED INSTEAD OF DIAGONAL SPLAY WIRES. RIGID
BRACING MUST LIMIT CEILING MOVEMENT TO LESS THAN 1/4" AT THE POINT OF
ATTACHMENT. (SPLAY WIRE BRACING IS CLUSTERS OF FOUR WIRES
ATTACHED TO THE MAIN BEAM WITHIN 2-INCHES OF A CROSS TEE
INTERSECTION.)
5. HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS ARE TO BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 12 FEET
ON CENTER IN EACH DIRECTION, AND THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6-FEET OF
EACH WALL.
6. ATTACHMENT OF THE BRACING WIRES TO THE MAIN BEAM AND THE
STRUCTURE SHOULD SUPPORT THE GREATER OF 200 POUND OR THE ACTUAL
DESIGN LOAD WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF TWO.
7. HEAVY-DUTY GRID SYSTEM REQUIRED.
8. MINIMUM 2-INCH WALL MOLDING REQUIRED.
9. GIRD MUST BE ATTACHED TO TWO ADJACENT WALLS - OPPOSITE WALLS MUST
HAVE A 3/4" CLEARANCE.
10. CHANGES IN CEILING PLAN ELEVATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH POSITIVE
BRACING.
11. CEILINGS OVER 2500 SQUARE FEET MUST HAVE SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS
OR FULL HEIGHT PARTITION.
12. CEILING WITHOUT RIGID BRACING MUST HAVE A 2-INCH OVERSIZED TRIM
RING FOR SPRINKLERS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS.
13. CABLE TRAYS AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY
SUPPORTED AND BRACED.
14. IF PARTITIONS ARE ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENDING SYSTEM. THEY MUST BE
LATERALLY BRACED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
15. VERTICAL HANGER WIRES ARE TO BE:
a. NOT MORE THAN 4 FEET ON CENTER.
b. MUST PLUMP WITHIN 1 IN 6.
c. TIED WITH THREE TURNS IN 3 INCHES.
16. PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES MUST BE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE.
THEY MAY NOT SUE THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORT.
17. LIGHT FIXTURES MUST BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION
SYSTEM. ATTACHED DEVICE MUST BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND 100% OF THE
FIXTURE WEIGHT.
18. IF LIGHT FIXTURE IS 56 POUNDS OR LESS, MUST HAVE TWO 12-GAUGE WIRES
ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS. IF MORE THAN 56 POUNDS, MUST BE
INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
LIGHTS WITH ACRYLIC
LENS/PROTECTIVE SHIELDS AT SERVICE,
COOK &STORAGE AREA
1CEILING T-BAR DETAILS
NOTE:
THE ILLUMINATED "EXIT" SIGN AT ALL TIMES HAVING A
LIGHT INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOTCANDLE
AT FLOOR LEVEL WITH BATTERY BACK-UP 90 Mins
MINIMUM DURATION FOR EXISTING SYSTEM
NO CHANGE ON EXISTING AC, RELOCATE AC SUPPLY AND
RETURN GRILL ONLY
THAT NO CONDUITS, OR PIPES OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE
EXPOSED ABOVE FOOD PREPARATION, FOOD STORAGE,
AND UTENSIL WASHING AREAS.
PROPOSED CEILING PLAN
BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 WNORA LIGHTING
NE-805 (2) 5W, LED MR16
SUPPLIED
BY
B
A
INSTALLED
BY
REMARKSWATT/
FIXTURESYMBOLLIGHT BULB/ TYPE
MODEL NO.
HOUSING/ FIXTURE
MODEL NO.
ITEM
NO.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
NORA LIGHTING
NEX-709-LED (GREEN)(2) 5W, LED MR16
UNIVERSAL MT. EXIT SIGN W/ EMERGENCY ADJ. BEVELED
DUAL ROUND HEAD (ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT).
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 W
G.C.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
4" LED RECESS DOWN LIGHT
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
G.C.(WITH SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVER OVER FOOD
PREP AREA)(G.C. TO PROVIDE DIMMER)
9 W
LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PROGRESS LIGHTING
P8080-28-30K ONE LIGHT LED RECESS
BRAND: PROGRESS LIGHTING
E
F
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
D01
QTY
33
1
1
AFF +10'-0"
DRYWALL CEILING
WASHABLE DRYWALL
CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
DRYWALL CEILING
WASHABLE DRYWALL
CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
T-BAR CEILING
WASHABLE T-BAR CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
T-BAR CEILING
WASHABLE T-BAR CEILING
AFF +10'-0"
DRYWALL CEILING
WASHABLE DRYWALL
CEILING
40 WLED FLAT PANEL EDGE LIT
MLFP SERIES G2
2 ' X 4' RECESS MOUNTED LED LIGHT FIXTURE
W/SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVERMLFP SERIES G2 2X44
SUSPENDED CEILING: SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL
BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635 AND
ASTM C 636. [CBC SEC. 1613.1] SHOW DETAILS.
A.PER ASCE 7-16, SEC. 13.5.6.2.2 SHOW OR SPECIFY THE FOLLOWING:
1.EXCEPT WHERE RIGID BRACES ARE USED TO LIMIT LATERAL
DEFLECTIONS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS, SHOW A 2"
OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO
ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1" IN ALL HORIZONTAL
DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY, A SWING JOINT THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1"
OF CEILING MOVEMENT IN AL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS IS PERMITTED TO
BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENSION.
1613.1 SCOPE
EVERY STRUCTURE, AND PORTION THEREOF, INCLUDING NONSTRUCTURAL
COMPONENTS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURES AND
THEIR SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENTS, SHALL BE DESIGNED AND
CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTERS 11, 12, 13, 15, 17 AND 18 OF ASCE 7, AS
APPLICABLE. THE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY FOR A STRUCTURE IS
PERMITTED TO BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1613 OR
ASCE 7.
EXISTING ROOF JOIST
2 0 GA. MTL STUD
3-5/8"x1-1/4"
IC C-ESR # 3016 @ 24 " O.C
a)GYPSUM BOARD AT WALL WHERE SOFFITS ARE PROPOSED. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL EXTEND TO THE DOUBLE
TOP PLATES. ALTERNATIVELY, FIRE BLOCKING WHERE SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION INTERSECTS WITH THE WALL.
CBC 718.2.
5/8" DRY WALL FIN.TYPE "X" GYP. BD.
(4) #8 SHEET METAL
SCREWS /EACH
12'-6"
A.F.F
EXISTING WALL
(2) #10 SHEET METAL
SCREWS /EACH
2 0 GA. MTL STUD
3-5/8"x1-1/4"
IC C-ESR # 3016 @ 24 "O.C
10'-0"
A.F.F
2DRYWALL CEILING DETAIL
10 GA VERT
TIE WIRES
ON 4'x4’GRID
TYP.
2"MIN.
3/4"
MIN.
8"MAX.
-
90°
9
0
°
4'-0" MAX.
CONT. WALL
RUNNER
5/8" THK. GYP. BD.
4-10 WIRE SPLAYED
@ 90° HORIZONTALLY
FROM EACH OTHER
OF CEILING TYP.45
°
(E)ROOF RAFTER 1/4” Ø x 3" LONG
LAG SCREW
5 COMPLETE
TIGHT TURNS
IN 1 1/2" MAX.
10 GA VERT
TIE WIRES
ON 4'x4’GRID
TYP.
12GA WIRE
SPLAYED
HANGER
MAX. 3 TWISTS
TYP. AT8
CONNECTIONS
SUSPENDED
ACOUSTIC TILE
CROSS RUNNER
(PER MANUF. INSULATION)
10 GA VERT
TIE WIRES
ON 4'x4’GRID
TYP.
2"
MIN.
3/4"MIN.
8"MAX.90°
90°
4'-0" MAX.
CONT. WALL
RUNNER
5/8" THK. GYP. BD.
4-10 WIRE SPLAYED
@ 90° HORIZONTALLY
FROM EACH OTHER
OF CEILING TYP.45
°
12GA WIRE SPLAYED HANGER
MAX. 3 TWISTS
TYP. AT8
CONNECTIONS
SUSPENDED
ACOUSTIC TILE
CROSS RUNNER
(PER MANUF. INSULATION)
-5 COMPLETE
TIGHT TURNS
IN 1 1/2" MAX.
1/4” Ø x 3" LONG
LAG SCREW
1/4” Ø x 3" LONG
LAG SCREW
HANGER WIRE WITHIN
(E)ROOF RAFTER
INSTALL COMPRESSION
STRUT@8'-0”EACH DIRECTON OR
EVERY 64 SF.OF CEILING AREA PER
UBC STD，47-18.LOCATE @SPLAYED
WIRE LOCATION. FOR COMPRESSION
STRUT, EMT PIPE PER SCHEDULE
EMT PIPE SCHEDULE
L DIA t
4'-0"
5'-6"
7'-0"
3/4"
1-1/4"
1"
0.046"
0.054"
0.061"
2T-BAR CEILING DETAIL
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D
HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
HA
N
D
I
C
A
P
E
D
DE
T
A
I
L
HD-1
6 8
60"
7 9
REACH RANGES
11
ACCESSIBILITY NOTES AND DETAILS
LAVATORIES
ACCESSORIES IN SANITARY FACILITIES
5
DRAWN BY JIMMY ZHANG (626
)
5
7
0
-
9
9
7
8
DESIGN FOR RESTAURA
N
T
P
L
U
S
,
I
N
C
.
ACCESSORIES IN SANITARY FACILITIES Counters
Food Service Lines/Aisles
2
DOORS ENTRANCES AND EXITS
3
ACCESSORIES IN SANITARY FACILITIES
SIGNAGE
CORRIDORS AND AISLES
MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION SANITARY FACILITIES
1
1.6-2.4
41-61
LC LC
LC
(b)
plan
0.65 min
17
1.6-2.4
41-61LC
(a)
elevation
(enlarged)
0.2
5.1
top diameter of
50%-65% of the base diameter
base diameter of
0.9-1.4 (23-36 mm)
RECOMMEND TO PAINT
SLOPING WING BURB
WITH "TRAFFIC YELLOW"
DISABLED RAMP
PER CIVIL PLANS
SEE DETAIL.HD-2
14
TRUNCATED DOMES, SEE
HD-2
19
1/2" LIP BEVELED AT 45 DEGREES
AS A DETECTABLE WAY FINDING
EDGE FOR THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED.
AS REQUIRED.
10 POLE WITH VAN
ACCESSIBLE
SIGN. TYP.HD-2
11 DISABLED POLE
SIGN. TYP.
3
3
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
2% SLOPE IN
ANY DIRECTION.
SEE CIVIL.
4" TYPICAL PAINTED
STRIPING (DOT)
"TRAFFIC BLUE" TYP.
VAN
NO PARKING
9' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0"
8" HIGH X 1" STROKE
"WHITE " PAINTED
LETTERING. "NO PARKING"
:TYP.
15
EQ EQ
8
EQ EQ
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
20
'
-
0
"
12
'
-
0
"
6'
-
0
"
4'
-
4
1
/
2
"
SL
O
P
E
2%
M
A
X
ENLARGED DISABLED PARKING10
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
WOMEN MEN All-Gender
4
1
"m
i
n
1 2"min
URINAL
D
J
F
E
C J H
A
B
G
A C
B
D
F
G
J
H
E
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
6'-6"
9'
-
8
"
5'X5' CLR
4'X4' CLR
18
"
1'
-
6
"
FLUSH ACTIVATOR
ON WIDE SIDE
centerline
of fixture
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
54" MIN.
4'-1"
centerline
of fixture
centerline
of fixture
1'
-
0
"
MI
N
.
2'
-
0
"
MI
N
.
42" MIN.12" MAX.
Ø5'-0"
DIA. CLEAR 60" MIN
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D
HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
HA
N
D
I
C
A
P
E
D
DE
T
A
I
L
HD-2
1'-0"
GALV. BOLTS TYP.
"WHITE" SYMBOLS, TEXT,
AND
BORDER TYP.
WHITE PAINTED BORDER
1/2"
68°
3"BACKGROUND PAINTED
"TRAFFIC BLUE" (2) COATS,
TYP.
3"
PARKING
ONLY
MINIMUM
FINE $250
REFLECTORIZED SIGN, 70 SQ. IN. MIN.
"BLUE" BACKGROUND COLOR #15090,
FEDERAL STANDARD 5952.
4" DIA. STL. PIPE, FILL WITH
CONC., PAINT "BLUE" TYP.
2" SQ. GALV. STEEL POST
EMBED IN CONC.
TRUNCATED DOMES
10'-0"
5'-0"
AISLE CENTERLINE
A DIRECTIONAL ARROW - CALTRANS TYPE I
E.J.8'-0"
AISLE CENTERLINE
6'-0"
B TURNING ARROW - CALTRANS TYPE II
13'-0"
PAINT ARROWS WITH (2) COATS "TRAFFIC
WHITE' PAINT MIN. TYP. SEE SPEC.'S FOR
ADDITIONALINFORMATION
SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS.
6" HG. TO 0"
TRANSITION
CURB TYP.
BOTH SIDES
AISLE CENTERLINE
6'-0"
C COMBINATION DIRECTIONAL AND
TURNING ARROW - CALTRANS TYPE III
TYP. DIRECTIONAL ARROW 18 CURB RAMP
NOTE:
SEE CIVIL DWGS. FOR
CURB RAMP INFORMATION.
14
12" DIA.
DISABLED VAN PARKING SIGN
2' - 0"
GALV. BOLTS TYP.
UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN
DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT
DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS
OR SPECIAL LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FOR
PERSONS WITH DISABLITIES WILL BE
TOWED AWAY AT THE OWNER'S EXPENSE.
TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT
PORTERVILLE POLICE DEPARMENT
350 NORTH D STREET
OR BY TELEPHONING
559-782-7400
DIAMETER
8"
ACCESS SIGN AT ENTRANCE 9
2" SQ. GALV. STEEL POST, THRU-BOLT
TO SLEEVE TYP.
PLANTER AREA TYP.
2-1/2" SQ. GALV. STEEL
SLEEVE,
SET IN CONC.
NOTE:INSTALL SIGN AT EACH
ENTRANCE TO OFF STREET PARKING.
SEE SITE PLAN.
REFLECTORIZED SIGN, 17" x 22" MIN.
"BLACK" BORDER.
LETTERING ON SIGN MUST BE A
MINIMUM OF 1" HIGH CONTRASTING
LETTERS
"WHITE" BACKGROUND,
PORCELAIN ON STEEL TYP.
10
EMBED STL. PIPE IN CONC. FOOTING
#3 REBAR LOOP TYP.
4'-0"
MIN. TYP.
(SEE PLAN)1/2" HIGH MAX LIP TYP.
E.J.
SLOPE DN. 1:10
MAX. TYP.
SLOPE DN. 1:10
MAX. TYP.
FACE OF BLDG. OR
ANY
OBSTRUCTION
BAND OF DETECTABLE
WARNINGS
(TRUNCATED DOMES),
SEE DET.
19 DISABLED SYMBOL 15
19
CONC. CURB RAMP WITH
MED.
BROOM FIN. TYP.
3"3'-0"3"
NOTES:
1. SYMBOL TO BE PAINTED FED. HIGHWAY WHITE (REFER DOT) 2 COATS.
2. BACKGROUND PAINTED FED. HIGHWAY BLUE (REFER DOT).
12" DIA.
DISABLED PARKING SIGN
1'-0"
GALV. BOLTS TYP.
"WHITE" SYMBOLS, TEXT,
AND
BORDER TYP.
PARKING
ONLY
MINIMUM
FINE $250
VAN
ACCESSIBLE
4" DIA. STL. PIPE, FILL
WITH CONC., PAINT "BLUE"
TYP.
E.J.
FACE OF CURB TYP. (SEE CIVIL)
3"
2" SQ. GALV. STEEL POST
EMBED IN CONC.
PATCH/REPAIR PLANTING OR
A.C. PAVING, AS REQUIRED
"BLUE" BACKGROUND COLOR #15090,
FEDERAL STANDARD 5952.
REFLECTORIZED SIGN, 70 SQ. IN. MIN.
11
EMBED STL. PIPE IN CONC. FOOTING
#3 REBAR LOOP TYP.
1.
2.
3.
NOTES:
SMOOTH FORM ALL VERTICAL CONCRETE SURFACES.
ALL FLAT WORK (WALKING SURFACES) SHALL HAVE A NON-SLIP MEDIUM BROOMED
FINISH.
INSTALL 1/2" FIBER EXPANSION MATERIAL IN ALL CURBS AT 25'-0" O.C. AT CURBS
TANGENTS CORNERS OR AS NOTED ON PLANS.
6" WALKWAY CURB 3
3"PATCH/REPAIR PLANTING OR
A.C. PAVING, AS REQUIRED
8"GRAVEL BASE
POURED IN PLACE
CONCRETE CURB PER CITY
REQUIREMENT. REFER
TO CIVIL.
1/2" MAX.
EXPANSION
JOINT W/ FIBER FILL.
CONC. PAVING.
REFER
TO PAVING PLAN.
3
12
5"
ALL CONC. CURB
CORNERS
TO RECIEVE 1/2" RADIUS
BULLNOSETACK COAT CONC. SUR-
FACES IN CONTACT W/
AC PAVING, WHERE
OCCURS.AC PAVING. REFER
TO
CIVIL PLANS.
3'
-
6
"
2'
-
0
1
/
2
5
6
"
6'
-
0
"
2'
-
0
"
3'
-
6
"
1'
-
0
"
1'
-
0
"
5'
-
1
1
2
5
5
/
2
5
6
"
1'
-
0
"
3"
3'
-
0
"
3'
-
0
"
4'-
0
"
CL
R
.
M
I
N
.
5"
3"
3"
3"
SL
O
P
E
D
N
.
1:
1
2
M
A
X
.
T
Y
P
.
3'-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
80
"
M
I
N
.
1'
-
6
"
3"
PE
R
L
O
C
A
L
C
O
D
E
S
80
"
M
I
N
.
O
R
2'
-
0
"
3"
3"
4'
-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
SI
G
N
H
E
I
G
H
T
3"
3"
4'
-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
6"
2'
-
0
"
3'
-
0
"
N
.
T
.
S
.
80
"
M
I
N
.
SI
G
N
H
E
I
G
H
T
2'-
0
"
1'
-
0
"
M
I
N
.
,
O
R
FU
L
L
D
E
P
T
H
O
F
P
A
V
I
N
G
AN
D
B
A
S
E
(
W
H
I
C
H
E
V
E
R
I
S
GR
E
A
T
E
R
)
T
Y
P
.
4"MI
N
.
6"
5" DIA.
R8"
9
3
°
1
0
"
1"
5"
E.J.
E
.
J
.
2.3-2.4
58-61
LC LC
LC
(b)
plan
0.65 min
16.5
2.3-2.4
58-61LC
(a)
elevation
(enlarged)
0.2
5.1mm
top diameter of
base diameter of
0.9-1.4 (22.9-23.4mm)
0.45-0.47
11.4mm-11.9 mm
3
12
3'-0" WIDE BAND OF DETECTABLE
WARNINGS (TRUNCATED DOMES),
FULL WIDTH OF CURB RAMP, TYP.
SEE DETAIL 19
CONC. SIDEWALK, THICKEN EDGE
AS SHOWN ALL AROUND PERIM.
TYP.
SEE CIVIL FOR ADN'L INFO.
1/2" EXP. JT. WITH SEALANT OVER,
CONT., TYP.
ALIGN W/
CURB
(BEYOND)
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTES:
SMOOTH FORM ALL VERTICAL CONCRETE SURFACES.
ALL FLAT WORK (WALKING SURFACES) SHALL HAVE A NON-SLIP MEDIUM BROOMED
FINISH.
INSTALL 1/2" FIBER EXPANSION MATERIAL IN ALL CURBS AT 25'-0" O.C. AT CURBS
TANGENTS CORNERS OR AS NOTED ON PLANS.
REBAR SHALL BE CONTINUOS THRU SILL EXPANSION JOINTS IN CURBS.
CURB RAMP LOWER EDGE 8
A.C. PAVING OVER COMPACTED BASE,
SEE CIVIL AND SOILS REPORT.
TACK COAT CONC. SURFACES IN
CONTACT WITH A.C. PAVING, TYP.
COMPACTED SUB-GRADE TYP.
SEE SOILS REPORT.
CONC. CURB PER CITY STANDARDS.
SEE CIVIL.
1'
-
0
"
M
I
N
.
,
O
R
FU
L
L
D
E
P
T
H
O
F
PA
V
I
N
G
A
N
D
B
A
S
E
(W
H
I
C
H
E
V
E
R
I
S
GR
E
A
T
E
R
)
T
Y
P
.
3'-0"
TRUNCATED DOMES
8"
SLOPE DN.
1:12 MAX.
MIN.
8"
MI
N
HD-2
HD-2
N.T.S.N.T.S.N.T.S.
N.T.S.N.T.S.N.T.S.
N.T.S.N.T.S.N.T.S.
RAMPS AND SIDEWALKS 1
1/2" LIP BEVELED AT 45 DEGREES
AS A DETECTABLE WAY FINDING
EDGE FOR THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED.
AS REQUIRED.
10 POLE WITH VAN
ACCESSIBLE
SIGN. TYP.
HD-2
11 DISABLED POLE
SIGN. TYP.
3
3
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
2% SLOPE IN
ANY DIRECTION.
SEE CIVIL.
4" TYPICAL PAINTED
STRIPING (DOT)
"TRAFFIC BLUE" TYP.
VAN
NO PARKING
9' - 0"9' - 0"9' - 0"
8" HIGH X 1" STROKE
"WHITE " PAINTED
LETTERING. "NO PARKING"
:TYP.
15
EQ EQ
8
EQ EQ
6" CURB ON
AC PAVING.
20
'
-
0
"
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
HD-2
4'
-
0
"
M
I
N
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFOR
S
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-0
SI
N
G
L
E
L
I
N
E
DI
A
G
R
A
M
PART I - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS
1.Furnish and install a completely wired and operational electrical system as shown on
the drawings and specified herein, including but not limited to, these major items.
1.1.Lighting fixtures as indicated and specified on the plans.
1.2.Electrical panels, service, conduit, wiring, etc., for all outlets and equipment.
1.3.Telephone outlets and conduit as indicated.
B. RELATED WORKS
1.The Electrical Contractor shall provide conduit, trench, and backfill for electrical service
entrance from the main service to utility point of electrical service. Electrical Contractor
shall coordinate the installation of the electrical service entrance with serving utility
company.
2.The Electrical Contractor shall provide conduit, trench, and backfill for primary phone
and CATV service from the telephone terminal board or cabinet to the phone company
and CATV company point of service.
C. CODES, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS
1.The installation shall comply with applicable local and state codes and ordinances, with
the regulations of the currently accepted edition of the National Electric Code and with
the requirements of the power, telephone, and CATV companies furnishing services to
this installation.
2.The following industry standards, specifications, and codes are minimum requirements:
2.1.The National Electrical Code (NEC), including local amendments.
2.2.Underwriter Laboratories (UL) incorporated standards.
2.3.American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
D. INSPECTION OF SITE
1.Prior to submitting a bid for electrical work, the contractor shall visit the site of the
proposed construction and shall thoroughly acquaint himself with existing utilities, and
working conditions to be encountered, etc. Allowance will not be made for
noncompliance with this condition after bidding.
2.Electrical installation shall meet the existing conditions.
E. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS
1.Deliver materials and equipment to the project in the manufacturer's original, unopened,
labeled containers. Protect against moisture, tampering, or damage from improper
handling or storage. Contractor shall protect and be responsible for any damage to
work or materials until final acceptance by the owner, and shall make good without cost
to the owner, any damage or loss that may occur during this period.
2.Arrange for timely delivery of materials and equipment to the job site in order to
minimize the length of time between delivery and installation.
3.Cover and protect any material which may be affected by the weather while in transit or
stored at the project site. Any material found defective or not installed in accordance
with the contract documents may be rejected by the engineer.
F. CLEANUP
1.Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials, or rubbish caused by
employees or work under this division of the specifications. At the completion of the
work remove all surplus materials, tools, etc., and leave the premises broom-clean.
G. EXCAVATION
1.Perform all excavation and back filling required for work performed under this division of
the specifications. Use excavated materials for backfill unless off site materials are
deemed necessary.
H. DRAWINGS
1.The drawings indicate the general arrangement and locations of the electrical work data
presented on these drawings are as accurate as planning can determine, but field
verification of all dimensions, locations, levels, etc., to suit field conditions is required.
Review all architectural, structural, and mechanical drawings and adjust all work to meet
the requirements of conditions shown. The architectural drawings shall take
precedence over all other drawings. Discrepancies between different plans, or between
drawings and specifications, or regulations and codes governing the installation shall be
brought to the attention of the engineer in writing before the date of bid opening. If
discrepancies are not reported, the Contractor shall bid the greater quantity or better
quality, and appropriate adjustments will be made after contract award. Contractor shall
be responsible to field measure and confirm mounting heights and location of electrical
equipment with respect to counters, radiation, etc. Do not scale distances off the
electrical drawings, use actual building dimensions.
I. EXCAVATION, CUTTING, AND FITTING
1.Perform the excavation, cutting, fitting, repairing, and finishing of the work necessary for
the installation of the equipment of this section. However, no cutting of the work of
other trades or of any structural members shall be done without the consent of the
architect.
J. COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
1.Cooperate with the other trades so that the installation of the electrical outlets and
equipment will be properly coordinated. Conduit, lighting fixtures, and other equipment
locations shall be checked with other trades to avoid conflict with the piping, ductwork,
steel, beams, or other obstructions. Carefully check the locations of the outlet boxes
and determine that they have not been disturbed during the installation of materials of
other trades.
2.Coordinate the location of the trenches and conduits for electrical and telephone utility
services with the general contractor.
3.Coordinate HVAC equipment connection requirements with HVAC contractor.
PART II - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION
A. MATERIALS
1.All materials shall be new and of quality as specified on the plans or specifications and
must carry the Underwriter's Laboratories approval covering the purpose for which they
are used, in addition to meeting all requirements of the current applicable codes and
regulations.
B. CONDUIT
1.All wiring shall be installed in listed metallic conduit except as permitted below. RGS,
with a 20 mil PVC coating will be used when in contact with earth. IMC may be used in
indoor locations not in contact with the earth. EMT may be used in indoor locations not
in contact with earth, not in concrete slabs or walls and not subject to damage. PVC
may be used in or below concrete and direct buried in earth. Flexible steel conduit shall
be used for indoor final connections to equipment in lengths not to exceed 72".
Liquid-tight flexible steel conduit shall be for outdoor final connections to equipment not
to exceed 36".
2.Cover metallic conduit in contact with earth with polyethylene taped spiral wrapped, 1/2
lapped to provide 20 mil. thickness. Tape shall be Scotch no. 50 tape. Conduit and
ducts not under buildings and feeder ducts shall be installed per N.E.C. 300-5. make
joints with compound to be watertight.
3.Fittings and conduit bodies shall be steel. No diecast fittings.
4.Conduit sizes shall be as required by code and as indicated or specified.
5.All empty conduit systems shall have a nylon pull string to facilitate installation of future
wire.
6.Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall be permitted underground with proper fittings, all UL
Approved and cemented joints. Penetrations through floor slabs and bends greater
than 22° shall be wrapped rigid galvanized steel elbows.
7.Conduits and outlets shall be concealed with the building structure, except that certain
motor and lighting feeder conduits may be run exposed in certain areas as indicated on
the drawings. Conduit shown to be installed in cabinets, counters, and casework shall
be run as directed by the architect.
8.All conduit systems shall have a Code sized copper ground conductor increase conduit
size as required.
9.Conduit penetration through roof shall have roof flashing with caulk type counter
flashing sleeve. Installation shall be watertight.
10.Conduits shall be routed surface on the structure, parallel and perpendicular to the
structure.
C. OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES
1.Each switch, light. receptacle or other outlet shall be provided with a Code gauge,
galvanized steel outlet box. Junction and pull boxes shall be Code gauge, galvanized
steel. Outlet boxes shall be of the one piece, knockout type, in general 4" square with
plaster ring. Plaster rings shall be set to provide not more than 1/8" from wall surface to
ring. In no case shall plaster ring project beyond surface of wall. Single gang rings
similar to Steel City 52050 shall be used for 4" boxes in unfinished brick number 180
boxes may be used for unfinished masonry flush wall outlets. Center all outlet boxes in
block course.
2.Boxes installed in poured cement floors shall be flush type cast iron or steel with
watertight gasketed covers. Where boxes are installed in floors with tile or carpet floor
covering, covers shall be of the recessed type to accommodate the floor covering.
3.Boxes installed for the alarm, computer, and security system shall be provided with
appropriate cover plates.
4.Boxes for telephone, computer, TV, fire alarm, security, and similar systems shall be
minimum 4" square and 2-1/8" deep.
D. SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
1.See Single Line Diagram General Notes on drawings for more information.
E. PANEL BOARDS
1.See drawings for panel board schedules and specifications.
F. WIRE
1.Conductor sizes shown on the drawings are based on copper wire. Unless otherwise
specified, all wire shall be Type XHHW for feeders or branch circuits larger than 4 AWG,
Type THHN/THWN insulation for feeders and branch circuits 4 AWG and smaller. All
branch circuit wiring shall be copper. The wire shall be 12 AWG unless otherwise
indicated. Circuit shall be labeled in each junction box.
2.Metal Clad Cable "Type MC" cable may only be utilized for interior branch circuitry
supplying lighting fixtures, not to exceed 6-ft. in length from junction box to the fixture
served. "Daisy Chaining" of light fixtures is not allowed.
3.When use is permitted in the Allowed Specification Deviations, Metal Clad "Type MC"
cable may be installed per NEC Article 330. Where multiple cables are routed adjacent
to each other (bundled), a minimum separation of one (1) cable diameter (largest) shall
be required.
4.The wires shall be marked with color to simplify circuit identification. Unless otherwise
required by local ordinances:
208/120 Volts
Phase A = Black
Phase B = Red
Phase C = Blue
Neutral = White
Ground = Green
480/277 Volts
Phase A = Brown
Phase B = Orange
Phase C = Yellow
Neutral = Gray
Ground = Green
5.No wire shall be installed in the conduit system until the conduit system is complete.
Use Mineralac No. 100 or equivalent as a lubricant to facilitate the installation of the
conductors in the conduit system.
6.Splices in exterior pull boxes and manholes shall be weatherproof using "Scotchcast"
splice kit or approved equal. Seal ends of conduits and ducts with "Ductseal" or
approved equal.
7.Provide solid conductor for 12 AWG and smaller.
8.Provide 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120V branch circuits longer than 75-feet
and 8 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120V branch circuits longer than 120-feet.
Provide 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277V branch circuits longer than 200-feet.
G. WIRING DEVICES
1.Wall switches shall be Specification Grade AC silent type switches, 20A, 120/277 volt.
2.Receptacles shall be Specification Grade, duplex type, NEMA 5-20R, 20 ampere, 120
volt grounded type. Special application receptacles shall be indicated on plans. Mount
with the ground down.
3.Device plates shall be equal to sierra smooth-line plastic wall plates. Color shall be
white, unless otherwise noted.
4.All receptacles identified as weatherproof on the drawings shall be weather-resistant,
tamper-resistant, GFCI type and equipped with enclosure that is weatherproof (WP)
whether or not the attachment plug cap is inserted (while "IN-USE"). An outlet box hood
shall be listed and shall be identified as "Extra Duty".
5.Except as otherwise noted, all wiring device plates on the project shall be labeled with
panel and circuit number(s) utilizing a Brother P-touch labeling system with 1/2" tape
(yellow on black) or equal HellermannTyton or Panduit. Locate label on the concealed
side of the wiring device plate. Handwritten labels are unacceptable.
H. LIGHTING FIXTURES
1.Provide all lighting fixtures, wired and connected. the drawings indicate the fixtures for
each location. Provide lamps for all fixtures. The lamps shall be by the same
manufacturer. Verify ceiling construction before ordering recessed units. Provide
plaster frames and hangers as required. Ceiling construction, architectural accessories,
voltage, and ballasts to meet the existing condition.
I. SERVICE ENTRANCE SECTION
1.The service entrance equipment shall be as indicated on the drawings. Equipment shall
carry the UL label and shall conform to the power company regulations.
2.Service entrance equipment shall be provided with a fully rated copper or aluminum
bus. Horizontally tapered bussing shall not be allowed.
J. SYSTEM GROUNDING
1.Grounding shall comply with requirements of Article 250. All exposed non-current
carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, metallic cable
armor, grounding conductor of nonmetallic sheathed cables, grounding conductor in
nonmetallic raceways, and grounded conductors of the wiring system shall be
grounded.
2.Grounding conductor (neutral) of the wiring system shall be connected to the system
grounding conductor at a single place in each system by removable bonding jumpers,
sized according to the applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code. The
grounded conductor (neutral) to the grounding conductor connection shall be located in
the enclosure for the system's overcurrent protection or where otherwise indicated on
the plans or specifications.
3.A ground bus separate from the neutral bus shall be provided in all switchboards and
panelboards. Ground bus shall be retorqued (checked) prior to energizing equipment
per manufacturer's recommendations.
4.Ground buses and neutral buses in all distribution panels, switchboards, panelboards,
and those provided in any equipment shall be isolated except where required to be
connected as specified above for the service entrance and in transformer terminal
compartments.
5.When indicated on the drawings, equipment grounding conductors shall be extended
from the ground bus in the distribution equipment to the receptacle, fixture or device
lugs where they are provided. Where lugs are not provided, equipment grounding
conductors shall be connected to equipment enclosures. The connections shall be
arranged such that removal of the receptacle, equipment ground conductors, or ground
jumpers from ground busing shall not affect the ground system.
6.Raceways may not be used as a grounding conductor for power and lighting circuits.
All conduit shall have separate Code sized green ground wire installed in the conduit to
insure a continuos grounding path.
7.In inaccessible locations, make connections by exothermic weld process.
8.In accessible locations, connections shall be made with bolted through, approved
solderless bronze grounding devices.
9.Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure bond to ground.
K. TELEPHONE SYSTEM
1.Telephone wall outlets shall consist of standard boxes mounted 18" above the floor
unless otherwise indicated. Connect outlets to telephone terminal with separate 3/4"
conduit unless otherwise shown on drawings. Provide a terminal mounting board for
the incoming service cable.
L. LIGHTING CONTROL
1.Furnish and install time switches, photocells, contactors and full lighting control systems
as required for lighting controls indicated on the drawings.
2.Time switches shall be equal to Paragon, General Electric, Tork, or Intermatic and shall
have size and number of poles as required.
3.Photocells shall be equal to Tork or Intermatic with voltage as indicated.
M. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
1.Manufacturers: subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following
1.1.Acme Electric Corporation; Power Distribution Products Division.
1.2.GE Electrical Distribution & Control.
1.3.Eaton.
1.4.Square D/Groupe Schneider NA.
2. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps.
3.Internal coil connections - brazed or pressure type.
4.Coil material - copper
5.Enclosure - ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2 (NEMA 3R for outdoor installations).
6.Insulation class - 220°C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum
of 150C° rise above 40°C ambient temperature.
7.Taps for transformers 25 kVA and larger - two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5
percent taps below normal full capacity.
8.Wall brackets - manufacturer's standard brackets.
9.Low-sound-level-requirements - minimum of 3 dba less than NEMA ST-20 standard
sound levels when factory tested according to IEEE C57.12.91
N. GUARANTEE
1.Guarantee all material furnished and all workmanship performed for a period of one
year from date of final acceptance of work. Any defects developing within this period,
traceable to material furnished as a part of this section or workmanship performed
hereunder, shall be made good at no expense to the owner.
O. SHOP DRAWINGS AND APPROVALS
2.The items specified herein and on drawings are used as a standard of quality. any
materials of equal quality and aesthetic value will be given consideration as a substitute
for the materials specified. No approval will be given to a specific catalog number,
model, or type of equipment, prior to bidding. After bidding, the decision of the Architect
and/or Engineer determining equal materials will be final.
3.The contractor shall submit shop drawings on the following items:
3.1.Lighting fixture cuts and performance data.
3.2.Outline drawings and data sheets of each panelboard and switchboard.
3.3.Outline drawings of all switchgear.
4.Submit items at one time in a neat and orderly manner within 15 days of award of
contract. Partial submittals will not be acceptable.
P. RECORD AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
1.The Electrical Contractor shall maintain a set of drawings at the job site for the exclusive
purpose of maintaining a record of all work installed and to show any deviations from
the work indicated on the drawings.
2.At the completion of the project, one set of reproducible drawings, showing all As-Built
conditions, shall be delivered to the Owner for acceptance prior to final payment.
Q. HOUSEKEEPING PADS
1.Provide a minimum of 3" high housekeeping pad above finished floor/ finished grade for
all floor-mounted switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards, transformers, motor
control centers, etc., flush with the face of the equipment. Located in mechanical
central plants(s), other mechanical spaces, and located outdoors, pads shall be flush
with the face of the equipment. Confirm pad dimensions with local inspector prior to
forming pad to ensure any local code interpretations/conditions are met regarding
housekeeping pads.
2.Unless otherwise noted above, provide a minimum of 1-1/2" high housekeeping pad
above finished floor/finished grade for all interior floor-mounted switchgear, distribution
boards, transformers, motor control centers, transfer switches, etc., flush with the face
of the equipment. All housekeeping pad heights are as measured from finished floor or
grade. Confirm pad dimensions with local inspector prior to forming pad to ensure local
code interpretations/conditions are met regarding housekeeping pads.
3.Provide a 1-1/2" high housekeeping pad above finished floor/finished grade for service
equipment. Prior to pad rough-in, Contractor shall verify serving utility company's
maximum meter height requirements and, if necessary, adjust height of housekeeping
pad to comply with those requirements. In indoor applications, the housekeeping pad
shall be flush with the face of the switchgear. In outdoor applications, the housekeeping
pad shall extend a minimum of 4 feet from the front of switchgear's weatherproof
enclosure. Confirm pad dimensions with local inspector prior to forming pad to ensure
any local code interpretations/conditions are met regarding housekeeping pads.
4.All housekeeping pads located in, on, or attached to a building shall be seismically
braced/connected to the building structure.
R. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
1.Provide flexible connections to all HVAC equipment, water heater, etc any equipment
over 20 lb and/or mounted above finished floor.
2.Coordinate electrical requirements for all plumbing and mechanical equipment with final
Contractor selection. The Contractor shall size disconnects based upon circuit breaker
ratings and provide fusing as required per equipment manufacturer recommendations
and UL Listing requirements.
S. MOTORS
3.Where motors are installed in suspended ceilings, contractor shall provide disconnect
switch in suspended ceiling within reach from access point.
4.Sizing of motor-related electrical components, including feeder and/ or branch circuits
(wire and conduit) and overcurrent protection (breaker and/ or fuses) is based on ratings
indicated in the contract documents as well as NEC approximated loads for a given
motor horsepower, voltage and phase. It is the contractor's responsibility to verify
actual motor and appliance rating and loads. Contractor to provide correctly sized
motor overload electrical components based on nameplate rating. Reflect all changes
in the as-built drawings.
T. FIRE SYSTEM
1.Contractor shall engage the services for a state licensed fire alarm
manufacturer/installer to prepare all design drawings and calculations required for
system approval by the authority having jurisdiction. Submit all plans and provide all
permits required for a complete and operable approved life safety system.
2.Fire alarm device wiring shall be minimum #14 AWG copper or per system
manufacturer requirements. Provide minimum 3/4" separate raceway system or as
required for life safety system wiring configuration.
3.Upon completion of the installation of life safety system wiring and devices, a
performance test of the entire life safety shall be performed to the satisfaction of the
authority having jurisdiction.
U. LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS
1.Music, television, video mounting systems are not shown on these drawings and are
provided by Contractor through architects schedules/details. Contractor to coordinate all
routing and final connections as approved by Starbucks Manager as applicable
specifically to this store.
V. IDENTIFICATION OR EQUIPMENT LABELING
1.Nameplates shall be provided for switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards,
distributions panels, panel boards, motor control centers, transformers, transfer
switches, contactors, starters, disconnect switches, enclosed circuit breakers/switches,
Inverters, UPS's, PDU's, RDC's, SPD's, lighting control panels, dimming panels, door
releasing system panels, fire alarm/central monitoring terminal cabinets/power
supplies/control panels, and all low voltage system terminal and control cabinets.
1.1.Nameplate inscriptions shall be identical to the equipment designations indicated in
plans and specifications. Nameplates shall be engraved with the device
designation/identification on the top line, source identification for the device on the
2nd line per NEC, or CEC where adopted, Art 408.4 and load designation for the
device on the bottom line. Where load designation consists of a branch circuit,
omit bottom line. Where device designation is not intended on plan/specfications.
Contractor shall submit a written clarification request to the Engineer.
1.2.All circuit breakers/fuses in switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards,
distribution panels, UPS output circuit breakers, PDU sub-feed circuit breakers and
motor control centers shall have individual nameplates located immediately
adjacent to the respective device. Nameplate inscription shall identify the
downstream equipment or device served by the circuit breaker or fuse.
2.Identification nameplates, unless otherwise noted (UON), shall be laminated/extruded
modified acrylic or melamine plastic labels that is 3/32" thick, UV-stabilized, matte finish,
suitable for use in 180°F ambient, with beveled edges and engraved white letters 3/8"
high, minimum, on 1-1/2" high black background for single line of text. Where two lines
of text are required, provide minimum 2" high nameplate. Where three lines of text are
required, provide 2.5" high nameplate. Provide white letters on red background for all
NEC, or CEC where adopted, Article 517 essential power systems, Article 700
Emergency Systems, Article 701 Legally Required Standby Systems and Article 708
COPS.
3.Identification nameplates for new switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards,
distribution panels, panel boards and motor control centers shall be attached with
switchgear manufacturer-provided screws via switchgear manufacturer factory
pre-drilled holes. A factory option to rivet identification nameplates to the equipment is
only acceptable if screw-fastened nameplates are not an available option from the
switchgear manufacturer. Field drilling or other mechanical attachment methods that
change/void the NEMA or NTRL rating of the enclosure are strictly forbidden.
4.Identification nameplates for transformers, transfer switches, disconnect switches,
enclosed circuit breakers/switches, inverters, UPSs, PDUs, RDCs, SPDs, lighting
control panels, dimming panels, door-releasing system panels, terminal cabinets and all
circuit breakers/fuses in switchgear, switchboards, distribution boards, distribution
panels, UPS output circuit breakers, PDUs, PDU sub-feed circuit breakers, and motor
control centers shall be attached to the equipment by self-adhesive backing integral to
the nameplates. When equipment is located outdoors, provide nameplates without
self-adhesive backing and attach to equipment using weather-rated, UV-resistant epoxy.
In all cases, clean surfaces before applying identification nameplates parallel to
equipment lines.
5.Warning Placards, as required by General Single Line Diagram Notes for multiple
power sources, or instruction placards, as required for all kirk-key interlock schemes, all
UPS bypass procedures or as required elsewhere in the plans/specifications shall be
engraved 1/2" high with white lettering on red background using the same material
specified for identification nameplates with a self-adhesive backing. Warning/instruction
placards shall be attached to the face of the equipment directly related to the placards.
NOTE FOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
APPLICABLE CODES
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC)
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (CEnC)
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE
2022 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CGBSC)
ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX
NO.SHEET DESCRIPTION
1 E-0 SPECIFICATIONS & COVER SHEET
2 E-1 POWER PLAN
3 E-2 LIGHTING PLAN
4 E-4 T-24
5
6
7
8
ALLOWED SPECIFICATIONS DEVIATIONS
THE FOLLOWING ITEM(S) ARE ALLOWED DEVIATIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. THESE DEVIATIONS ARE AT THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER.
NONE
SCOPE OF WORK
1. EX PANEL"A" RELOCATED 2. ADD NEW EQUIPMENT POWER 3. ADD NEW LIGHT
DEFERRED APPROVAL
A.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. SEPARATE PLANS SHALL
BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BY A FIRE ALARM ENGINEER AND ALL PERMITS,
INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE FIRE DEPARTMENT
HAVING JURISDICTION.
B.VIA SEPARATE SUBMITTAL BY SIGN CONTRACTOR, OBTAIN APPROVALS AND PERMITS
FOR ALL SIGNS INCLUDING SIGN LIGHTING CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE.
C.VIA SEPARATE SUBMITTAL, OBTAIN APPROVALS AND PERMITS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL
SUBSYSTEMS WITH POWER SUPPLIES OF MORE THAN 50 VA AND/OR 250 VOLTS [E.G.
SECURITY, TELCO/DATA, P.A, AUDIOVISUAL, HVAC CONTROLS, ETC.]
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SURVEY EXISTING CONDITION AND REPORT TO OWNER. BID TO INCLUDE
SCOPE OF EXTENDED WORK, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS OF STATE & LOCAL CODE
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-1
PO
W
E
R
P
L
A
N
GENERAL NOTES:
POWER PLAN
At least one receptacle outlet shall be installed within 18" of the top of a show
window for every
12 feet or major fraction thereof measured horizontally at its maximum width. Per
Section
210.62.
windows shall be computed in accordance with the following :
A)The unit load per outlet
b) At 200 volt-amperes per linear foot of show window.
Per Section 220.14(G).
1.ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL
CODE,
AND 2022 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
2. 110.3(B) THIRD PARTY LISTING: ADD NOTE ON THE PLANS STATING "ALL ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
LISTED BY UL PER SECTION 11 0.3(B).
Table7- Multiple Conductor Neutral and/or Ground Bar
Screw Type Lug Wire RangeConductor Size Torque Value
Slotted Head
14-4
14-1/0
14-10 Cu, 12-10 A1
8 Cu-AI
14-8 Cu-AI
20 lb-in (2 N·m)
25 lb-in (2 N·m)
35 lb-in (2 N·m)
36 lb-in (2 N·m)
45 lb-in (2 N·m)6-1/0 Cu-AI
6-4 Cu-AI
ABBREVIATIONS
Lighting control acceptance requirements per 130.4. A Certificate of
Acceptance shall be submitted to the enforcement agency under Section
10-103(a) of Part 1 for:
A.Automatic Daylight Controls
B.Lighting Controls
+18"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+84"
GFI
+42"GFCI
+84"
+84"
+18"
+18"
QTY.EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.
W HPVOLTPHAMP COLD HOT
REMARKSNO.
WASTE
ELECTRICAL PLUMBING
C01
1C03
C08
3
C10 1
C11 2
C12 4
C13
C16
C17 3
C18
1
C20 3
2
NEW EX
2
5 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
C09
3
C19
2
2 REACH IN 2-DOOR REFRIGERATOR (SELF CONTAINED)
LIGHT DUTY COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER
CUP SEALER WITH UL/EPH CERTIFICATE
10 GALLON HOT WATER MACHINE
DROP IN ICE BIN (DRAIN TO F.S.)
DRINK MIXER
TEA MACHINE
1000LB ICE MACHINE WITH WATER FILTER (SELF CONTAINED)(DRAIN TO F.S.)
BLENDER
STEAMER FOR DRINK
FRUCTOSE DISPENSER WITH NSF/ANSI CERTIFICATE
TURE
AMERICAN STANDARD
T-43-HC
LDS-CE-30T
LOLICUPSTORE ET-99SU
BUNN
REGENCY
WARING
H10X
600DIIB1824
WDM120TX
MAXX ICE
AVAMIX
ASTRA
MIN1000N/
HBX2000
STA1800
BOSSEN EM0021-CTF
UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATORS (SELF CONTAINED) ATOSA MGF8403GR
INDUCTION RANGE GALAXY GICP18
1/211515.4
208 12,000
18001201
120
4000208 38.7
F.S.
375 112011.15
375 123010 F.S.
1800 11201
2000 HP110PH20
2000110
1/51152.8
REFRIGERATION X XUR-72-N 11205
1200
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
GFI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+42"GFCI
+18"GFCI
+18"GFCI+18"GFCI
EXIT
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
EN S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-2
CE
I
L
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
a.automatic shut-off control for
lighting for every floor
b.Label the lighting circuits that will be
controlled by the control system on the panel
schedule.
c.Each 0-2Hr override switch shall be
shown on the lighting plans in the area where
lights
are controlled by that specific override
switch.
d.Label which lighting circuits shall be
on each specific override zone on the panel
schedule
e.Provide the location of the automatic
shutoff control.
f. 365 Day/Holiday Programmable CEC
Approved device on the plans.
1CEILING T-BAR DETAILS
PRIMARY SIDELIT DAYLIT ZONE IS THE
AREA ON A PLAN DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO
EACH VERTICAL GLAZING, ONE WINDOW
HEAD HEIGHT DEEP INTO THE AREA, AND
WINDOW WIDTH PLUS 0.5 TIMES WINDOW
HEAD HEIGHT WIDE ON EACH SIDE OF THE
ROUGH OPENING OF THE WINDOW, MINUS
ANY AREA ON A PLAN BEYOND A
PERMANENT OBSTRUCTION THAT IS 6
FEET OR TALLER AS MEASURED FROM THE
FLOOR.
SECONDARY SIDELIT DAYLIT ZONE IS
THE AREA ON A PLAN DIRECTLY
ADJACENT TO EACH
VERTICAL GLAZING, TWO WINDOW HEAD
HEIGHTS DEEP INTO THE AREA, AND
WINDOW WIDTH PLUS 0.5
TIMES WINDOW HEAD HEIGHT WIDE ON
EACH SIDE OF THE ROUGH OPENING OF
THE WINDOW, MINUS
ANY AREA ON A PLAN BEYOND A
PERMANENT OBSTRUCTION THAT IS 6
FEET OR TALLER AS MEASURED FROM
THE FLOOR.
PHOTO
SENSOR
A-1
1a1b1a1b1a1b
1a1b1a1b1a
A-3
3c
3d
3c
3d
3c
3d
3c
3d3c
3d
3c
3d
3c
3d
A-5
5e
5f
5e
5f
5e
5f
5e
5f
A-7
7g
7h
7g
7h
DIM A-1DIM A-3DIM A-5DIM A-7
OCCUPANCYSENSOR
LIGHTS WITH ACRYLIC
LENS/PROTECTIVE SHIELDS AT SERVICE,
COOK &STORAGE AREA
1CEILING T-BAR DETAILS
NO CHANGE ON EXISTING AC, RELOCATE AC SUPPLY AND
RETURN GRILL ONLY
THAT NO CONDUITS, OR PIPES OF ANY TYPE
SHALL BE
EXPOSED ABOVE FOOD PREPARATION, FOOD
STORAGE, AND UTENSIL WASHING AREAS.
BEVELED DUAL ROUND HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 WNORA LIGHTING
NE-805 (2) 5W, LED MR16
SUPPLIED
BY
B
A
INSTALLED
BY
REMARKSWATT/
FIXTURESYMBOLLIGHT BULB/ TYPE
MODEL NO.
HOUSING/ FIXTURE
MODEL NO.
ITEM
NO.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
NORA LIGHTING
NEX-709-LED (GREEN)(2) 5W, LED MR16
UNIVERSAL MT. EXIT SIGN W/ EMERGENCY ADJ. BEVELED
DUAL ROUND HEAD (ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT).
(BATTERY OPERATION DURING THE POWER LOSS)
10 W
G.C.
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
4" LED RECESS DOWN LIGHT
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
G.C.(WITH SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVER OVER FOOD
PREP AREA)(G.C. TO PROVIDE DIMMER)
9 W
LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PROGRESS LIGHTING
P8080-28-30K
E
F
G.C.ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR
QTY
33
1
1
40 WLED FLAT PANEL EDGE LIT
MLFP SERIES G2
2 ' X 4' RECESS MOUNTED LED LIGHT FIXTURE
W/SHATTERPROOF LENSE COVERMLFP SERIES G2 2X44
D01
7g7h
BRAND: PROGRESS
LIGHTING ONE LIGHT
LED RECESS
PHOTOMETRIC PLAN
EXIT
NOTE:
LIGHTING CONTROL ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS PER 130.4. A
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY UNDER SECTION 10-103(A) OF PART 1 FOR:
A.AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHT CONTROLS
B.LIGHTING CONTROLS
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFOR
S
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
E-3
TI
T
L
E
2
4
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
C-40260
626-715-9137
626-715-9137
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
P-1
PL
U
M
B
I
N
G
P
L
A
N
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
LICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
IOUTSIDE
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
EXPOSED
CONCEALED
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
CLA
S
S
2
0
0
-
D
R
1
4
VITR
F
I
E
D
C
L
A
Y
P
I
P
E
PVC
O
R
A
B
S
SCH
4
0
G
A
L
V
S
T
E
E
L
SCH
4
0
B
L
A
C
K
S
T
E
E
L
CLA
S
S
2
0
0
-
D
R
1
4
TYP
E
"
L
"
C
O
P
P
E
R
PIPE MATERIAL (SEE SPECS)
DRAIN
STORM
GAS
WASTE
INDIRECT
VENT
SANITARY
DRAINAGE
SANITARY
WATER
DRAIN
SINK
SINK
SINK
HAND SINK
COMP.
PREP.
MOP SINK
FLOOR
FLOOR
2"
1
1
/
2
"
2"JOSAM 302-35AJ 6" DIAMETER(FOR RESTRM OR KITCHEN)
1/
2
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"1/
2
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"
JOSAM 9032 12"X12"X6 1/4"DEPTH w/ALUM DOME AND 1/2GRATE
A/S "AKRON SERVICE SINK" 7696.016 w/WALLHANGER 47077-07 RIM GUARD,ACID RESISTINGENAMELED CAST IRON DIMENSION: 24"X20"FAUCETw/VACUUM BREAKER, ROUGH CHROME FINISH. TRAPSTANDARD: FITTING: 8340. 242 FAUCET w/VACUUMBREAKER, ROUGH CHROME FINISH. TRAP
STANDARD:7798.176 w/STRAINER.
1
1
/
2
"
1/
2
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
F/
S
1/
2
"FURNISHED BY OWNER
3/
4
"
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"3/
4
"
FURNISHED BY OWNER
2"1
1
/
2
"
2"1/
2
"
1/
2
"
A/S "FLAT RIM SINK" 7020.207 END OUTLET. FLATRIM. SINGLE BOWL,COUNTERTOP SINK, ACIDRESISTING SNAMELED CAST IRON.DIMENSION:18"X12"X5 1/2" FITTING: 8344.111FAUCET w/TOP BRACE, TOP & VACUUM,BREAKER.
2"1/
2
"
2"1/
2
"
2"4"1/
2
"
HEATER
WATER
LAV
DESCRIPTION
CLOSET
WATER
DR
A
I
N
ST
O
R
M
TR
A
P
WA
S
T
E
IN
D
I
R
E
C
T
VE
N
T
WA
S
T
E
ROUGH-IN SERVICES
FIXTUREITEM
(REPELLENCE ONLY)
1
2
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
TRAP PRIMER DETAIL
.
.
ALL WASTE WATER LINES ARE RIGID PIPES SUCH AS PVC AND COPPER PIPES
6
3
7PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE WATER HEATER DETAIL
FIXTURE SCHEDULE
NOTE:
PUBLIC LAVATORIES SHALL HAVE CONTROLS TO LIMIT
THE WATER TEMPERATURE TO 120 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT.
4
· ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 C.P.C., CALIFORNIA GREENBUILDING STANDARDS CODE AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES.· ALL DRAIN LINES TO SLOPE MINIMUM 2%.· PROVIDE ALL CLEANOUTS PER C.P.C. 707.0· ALL WATER LINES TO BE INSULATED PER 2022 C.P.C. ANDCALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODES.
GENERAL NOTES
MAKER
ICE
1/
2
"
∅
∅
ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CPC , CA GREEN BUILDINGSTANDARDS CODE & ALL APPLICABLE CODE
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
COLD & HOT WATER PLAN
NOTE: EACH HORIZONTALDRAINAGE PIPE SHALL BEPROVIDED WITH A CLEANOUT ATITS UPPER TERMINAL AND EACHRUN OF PIPING, WHICH IS MORETHAN ONE HUNDRED FEET INTOTAL DELELOPED LENGTH, SHALLBE PROVIDED WITH CLEANOUTFOR EACH ONE HUNDRED FEET ,OR FRACTIONTHEREOF, INLENGTH OF SUCH PIPING.
REMARKSTYP
E
"
M
"
C
O
P
P
E
R
CLA
S
S
3
1
5
P
V
C
SCH
4
0
P
V
C
S
T
E
E
L
3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water Inlet1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Minimum WaterCondenser Outlet (water-cooled units) 1/2"(1.27 cm) F.P.T. Ice Bin Drain
A/S no. 0355.012 "Lucerne", 20"x18", wall hung. Complete with symmons no.s-20-2g-gr-lp single lever .5 gpm faucet with grid drain, chicago 1005 or t & s no.b-1326 loose key stops with rigid supplies with Chicago no. 49-006 nipple and j.r.smith no. 723 carrier with steel plate.
A/S no. 2168.100 "CADET", floor mtd., flush tank, siphon jet, elongated bowl, (1.28
gff), (18"hight), complete with olsonite no. 95cc-ss self-sustaining check hingeseat, t &s no. B-1305 loose key stop with iigid supply, chrome plated nipple anda/s bolt caps. (order handle on access side per a.d.a. requirements).
HO
T
WA
T
E
R
CO
L
D
WA
T
E
R
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING THIS JOB TO
FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF AS TO THE EXTENT OF WORK REQUIRED, ANDEXISTING CONDITION, AND SHALL TAKE THESE INTO CONSIDERATIONIN THE COST OF HIS BID.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE UTILITIESBEFORE STARTING TRENCHING WORK, OR THE INSTALLATION OF ANYPIPING,3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL PERMITS& PAYING ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR WORK SHOWN ON THESE
DRAWINGS.4. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. THE LOCATION OF THE PIPINGIS APPROX. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF PIPING WITH OTHERTRADES. ANY CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE RESOLVEDPRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
WATER HEATER 52 GALLON (13.5 KW)American standard
CE-G2-52
NOTE: NO GAS PROPOSED ON THIS PROJECT
QTY.EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.
COLD HOT
NO.
WASTE
PLUMBING
001
002
3003
004
005
006
008
2
010 1
011 2
012 0
013
014
015 2
016
017 1
018
1
020 3
021 1
022 2
1
2
NEW EX
1
5 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING SHELVING, MUST BE SUPPORTED BY SIX(6) INCH HIGH, EASILY CLEANABLE LEGS, COMMERCIAL CASTORS, OR COMPLETELY SEALED IN
POSITION ON A FOUR(4) INCH HIGH CONTINUOUSLY COVED BASE OR CONCRETE CURB TO FACILITATE EASE OF CLEANING.
009
2
019
6
1
1
2
2
1
1
CASHIER REGISTER
COUNTER
S.S. WORK TABLE (NSF)
REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR (SELF CONTAINED)
REACH-IN FREEZER (SELF CONTAINED)
TOP REFRIGERATED SANDWICH PREP TABLE
DROP-IN ICE BIN
HAND SINK W/ SOAP & TOWEL DISP.
MOP SINK W/MOP HANGER AND SHELF FOR CLEAN EQUIP.
ICE MACHINE (DRAIN TO F.S.)
TWO COMPARTMENT SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)
THREE COMPARTMENT SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)
HOT WATER BOILER (24 GALLON)
INDUCTION COOKTOP
PREP. SINK (DRAIN TO F.S.)
WATER HEATER 50 GALLON (MAX.12KW)
S.S. DRY STORAGE SHELVING 96 LIN FT MIN. 5 TIERS
EMPLOYEE LOCKER W/ 6" HIGH ROUND METAL LEGS OR CANTILEVERED FROM THE WALL
007
CUSTOM
CUSTOM
EAGLE
CUSTOM
CUSTOM
CUSTOM
MAINSTREET
BMR-49-R
BMR-49-F
APT-60M-HC
REGENCY
KROWNE
18''X24''
HS-30L
ADVANCE TABCO
MANITOWOC
ADVANCE TABCO
9-OP-20
MD1000A-251B
FE-2-1812-18R
ADVANCE TABCO
BUNN
VOLLRACH
FC-3-1620-18RL
H10X-80-208
59300
ADVANCE TABCO
American standard
REGENCY
FC-1-1818-24R
LDS-CE-50T
460EC1848K75
GSW ELS6DR
MAINSTREET
1/2 1/2 1-1/2"
1/2 1/2 2"
1/2 F.S.
1/2 1/2 F.S.
1/2
1/2 1/2 F.S.
AVANTCO
1/2 1/2 F.S.
1 F.S.
WALL SHELF REGENCY 600WS1248
TEA DISPENSER CURTIS TC-3H
UNDER TABLE REFRIGERATORS AVANTCO SS-WT-48R-HC
BLENDER AVAMIX BL2VS
1"
C
W
(
2
.
5
F
U
)
2FU
LAV.
W.C.2.5FU
BOILER
1FU
1"CW (5.5FU)
3/4"HW (2FU)
DS
2FU
3CS2FU
2FU
HS
1"
C
W
(
2
F
U
)
1"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
1"
C
W
(
6
F
U
)
1"
H
W
(
6
F
U
)
1"CW (9FU)
1"HW (8FU)
ex
i
s
t
i
n
g
2
"
c
w
a
b
v
c
e
i
l
i
n
g
POC
1007.0 Trap Seal Protection1007.1 GeneralFloor drain or similar traps directly connected to the drainage system and
subject to infrequent use shall be protected with a trap seal primer, except
where not deemed necessary for safety or sanitation by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction. Trap seal primers shall be accessible for maintenance.1007.2 Trap Seal Primers
Potable water supply trap seal primer valves shall comply with ASSE 1018.Drainage and electronic design type trap seal primer devices shall complywith ASSE 1044.
1"
H
W
(
1
6
F
U
)
1"
C
W
(
2
2
.
5
F
U
)
ICE MAKER1FU
2FUMS
ICE MAKER
1FU
DS
2FU
DS
2FU
DS
2FU
1FU
UR
3/
4
"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
3/
4
"
C
W
(
2
F
U
)
3/
4
"
H
W
(
4
F
U
)
3/
4
"
C
W
(
4
F
U
)
3/
4
"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
3/
4
"
C
W
(
3
F
U
)
1"
C
W
(
4
F
U
)
1"
H
W
(
2
F
U
)
1'
-
6
"
1'
-
6
"
5'
-
1
"
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
P-2
WA
S
T
E
P
L
A
N
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
PLUMBING LEGEND
S
S
V
D
GW
SANITARY SEWER ABOVE GRADE
GREASE WASTE BELOW GRADE
SANITARY SEWER BELOW GRADE
INDIRECT DRAIN
SANITARY VENT
HW
HWR
FCO
G
COTG
DOMESTIC HOT WATER
NATURAL GAS
FLOOR CLEANOUT
CLEANOUT TO GRADE
DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN
SOV
WCO
POC
PLUMBING FIXTURE DESIGNATION
WALL CLEANOUT
SHUT-OFF VALVE
POINT OF CONNECTION
GAS OR GATE COCK
CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER
FS
FD
ABV
EXIST'G
FLOOR SINK
FLOOR DRAIN
EXISTING
NEW
VTR
VCP
AP
CLG CEILING
VENT THROUGH ROOF
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
ACCESS PANEL
ABOVE
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION
VENT LINE DATA
HORIZ. WASTE LINE DATA
PIPE/FOOTING LOCATION 2
.
.
3TRAP PRIMER DETAIL
FLOOR SINK INDIRECT VENT DETAIL
RAISED CURB (IF ANY)
FINISHED FLOOR
FLOOR SINK
"P"TRAP
RAISED CURB (IF ANY)
VERIFY TO COMPLY
W/LOCAL CODE
REGULATIONS
2"
2"2"
6"
1'-0"
.
1
The maximum developed length of the trap arm from the trap weir to the inner
edge of the vent shall be within the distance given in Table 1002.2. The minimum
trap arm length shall be two (2) times the diameter of the trap arm. Please
correct.
No more than one-third (1/3) of the total permitted length, per Table 703.2,
of any minimum sized vent shall be installed in a horizontal position.
Horizontal vents below the flood rim of the fixture not allowed for plumbing
Fixtures that are within trap arm distance of walls.that indirect waste piping from food handling fixtures or equipment shall be
separately piped by means of an airgap to the indirect waste receptor and shall
not be combined with any other indirect waste piping.
WASTE AND VENT PLAN
5 6
7
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING THIS JOB TO
FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF AS TO THE EXTENT OF WORK REQUIRED, AND
EXISTING CONDITION, AND SHALL TAKE THESE INTO CONSIDERATION IN
THE COST OF HIS BID.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATION OF THE UTILITIES
BEFORE STARTING TRENCHING WORK, OR THE INSTALLATION OF ANY
PIPING,
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL PERMITS &
PAYING ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS.
4. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. THE LOCATION OF THE PIPING IS
APPROX. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF PIPING WITH OTHER TRADES.
ANY CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE RESOLVED PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
8
NOTE：IMPACTED BY CUTTING OR BORING FOR PLUMBING WORK. SHOW
SLABS WILL BE X-RAYED OR EQUAL BEFORE CUTTING ANY HOLES FOR
SINKS AND PIPING IN THE SLABS.
wc/6fu
wco.
lav/2fu
wco.
WCO
FS/2FU
WCOHS/2FU
WC
O
MS
/
2
F
U
WCO
FS/2FU
FD
/
2
F
U
WCO
3CS/2FU
WCO W/ TRAP PR.
FD/2FU
ur/1fu
wco.3"2% 8FU
3"2% 9FU
2"
2
%
6FU
3"
2
%
10
FU
3"
2
%
1
2FU
3"
2
%
2
9FU
EXISTING 4" SEWER LINE
3"2% 29FU
C.O
CLEANOUTS PER
707.0 CPC
ICE BINDRAIN TO F/S
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floor
sink via a legal air gap.
1007.0 Trap Seal Protection1007.1 GeneralFloor drain or similar traps directly connected to the drainage system and subject to infrequent use shall be protected with a trap seal primer, exceptwhere not deemed necessary for safety or sanitation by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Trap seal primers shall be accessible for maintenance.
1007.2 Trap Seal PrimersPotable water supply trap seal primer valves shall comply with ASSE 1018. Drainage and electronic design type trap seal primer devices shall comply
with ASSE 1044.
801.3.3 Food-Handling Fixtures
Food-preparation sinks, steam kettles, potato peelers, ice cream dipper wells, and similar equipment shall be indirectly connected to the drainage
system by means of an air gap. Bins, sinks, and other equipment having drainage connections and used for the storage of unpackaged ice used forhuman ingestion, or used in direct contact with ready-to-eat food, shall be indirectly connected to the drainage system by means of an air gap. Each
indirect waste pipe from food-handling fixtures or equipment shall be separately piped to the indirect waste receptor and shall not combine withother indirect waste pipes. The piping from the equipment to the receptor shall be not less than the drain on the unit and in no case less than 1/2 ofan inch (15 mm).
804.1 Standpipe Receptors
Plumbing fixtures or other receptors receiving the discharge of indirect waste pipes shall be approved for the use proposed and shall be of such
shape and capacity as to prevent splashing or flooding and shall be located where they are readily accessible for inspection and cleaning. No
standpipe receptor for a clothes washer shall extend more than 30 inches (762 mm), or not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above its trap weir. No trapfor a clothes washer standpipe receptor shall be installed below the floor, but shall be roughed in not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and not more
than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor. No indirect waste receptor shall be installed in a toilet room, closet, cupboard, or storeroom, or in aportion of a building not in general use by the occupants thereof; except standpipes for clothes washers shall be permitted to be installed in toilet
and bathroom areas where the clothes washer is installed in the same room.
4COMMERCIAL SINK DRAINAGE DETAIL
ICE MAKERDRAIN TO F/S
ICE MAKERDRAIN TO F/S
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floor
sink via a legal air gap.
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floorsink via a legal air gap.
WCO
FS/2FU
3"2% 4FU
3"
2
%
8FU
WCOFS/2FU
WCO
FS/2FU
PS DRAIN TO FSThe PS must drain to an approved floor
sink via a legal air gap.
TRAPPRIMERWC
O
W
/
TR
A
P
P
R
.
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
P-3
WA
T
E
R
H
E
A
T
E
R
T2
4
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
1140 CENTRE DR, STE E,
WALNUT, CA 91789
TOP-ARC GROUP
C-40260
626-715-9137
626-715-9137
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-1
ME
C
H
N
O
T
E
LEGEND
DUCT SIZE SCHEDULE
GENERAL NOTES
.D.Altered Duct Systems. When new or replacement space-conditioning system ducts are installed to serve an existing building, the new ducts shall meet the requirements of Section 120.4. If the space conditioning system meets the criteria of Sections140.4(l)1, 2, and 3, the duct system shall be sealed as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with the procedures for duct sealing of an existing duct system as specified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2 to
meet one of the following requirements:i.If the new ducts form an entirely new or replacement duct system directly connected to the air handler, the measured duct leakage shall be equal to, or less than 6 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed by field verification anddiagnostic testing utilizing the procedures in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2.1.4.2.1. Entirely new or replacement duct systems installed as part of an alteration shall be constructed of at least 75 percent new duct material, and up to 25percent may consist of reused parts from the building's existing duct system including, registers, grilles, boots, air handlers, coils, plenums, and ducts if the reused parts are accessible and can be sealed to prevent leakage.
ii.If the new ducts are an extension of an existing duct system, the combined new and existing duct system shall meet one of the following requirements:
a.All appliances designed to be in a fixed position shall be securely fastened in place in accordance with the manufactures installation instructions. Supports for appliances shall be designed and constructed to resist horizontal and vertical loads
within the stress limitations of the CBC. ( CMC 303.4 )
b.All materials exposed within ducts and plenums including any above ceiling return air plenum shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed twenty-five 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed then fifty
50 when tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E 84 OR UL 723 and shall comply with all requirements of the 2019 CMC Section 602.2.c.Installation of ducts shall be in accordance with Section 603.0 of the 2019 CMC. • All ductwork for heating and cooling system or evaporative cooling system shall be conducted through duct systems constructed of metal as set forth in theSMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard – Metal and Flexible. Factory made air ducts shall be approved for the use intended or shall comply with the 2019 CMC referenced standards Chapter 17. • Joints and seems for duct systems shallcomply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard – Metal and Flexible. Joints of ducts systems shall be made substantially airtight by means of tapes, mastics, gasketing, or other means. Crimp joints for round ducts shall have a contact lap
of not less than 1 1/2” and shall be mechanically fastened by means of not less than 3 sheet-metals screws equally spaced around the joint, or an equivalent fastening method. • Ducts shall be supported at each change of direction and inaccordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard – Metal and Flexible.d.Ducts and plenums shall comply with Section 120.4 of the 2019 California Building Energy Efficiency Standards. • Portions of supply-air and return-air ducts conveying heated or cooled air located in one or more of the following spaces shall beinsulated to a minimum installed level of R-8:a.Outdoors; or
b.In a space between the roof and an insulated ceiling; or
c.In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces; ord.In an unconditioned crawlspace; or
e.In other unconditioned spaces • Portions of supply-air ducts that are not in one of these spaces, including ducts buried in concrete slab, shall be insulated to a minimum installed level of R 4.2 (or any higher level required by CMC Section 604.1 or be enclosed in directly conditioned space. • All factory-fabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181 for ducts and closure systems, including collars, connections, and splices, and be labeled as complying with UL 181. • Factor-made rigid
fiberglass and flexible ducts for fieldfabricated duct systems shall comply with UL 181.
MECHANICAL NOTE :
SECTION 141.0 – ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS, AND REPAIRS TO EXISTING NONRESIDENTIAL, HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL, AND HOTEL/MOTEL BUILDINGS, AND TO EXISTINGOUTDOOR LIGHTING, AND TO INTERNALLY AND EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNS
(b) Alterations.
a. The measured duct leakage shall be equal to or less than 15 percent of the system air handler airflow as confirmed by field verification and diagnostic testing utilizing the procedures in Reference Nonresidential Appendix Section NA2.1.4.2.1; or
b. If it is not possible to comply with the duct leakage criterion in Subsection 141.0(b)2Diia, then all accessible leaks shall be sealed and verified through a visual inspection and a smoke test performed by a certified HERS Rater utilizing the methodsspecified in Reference Nonresidential Appendix NA2.1.4.2.2.
EXCEPTION to Section 141.0(b)2Dii: Duct Sealing. Existing duct systems that are extended, which are constructed, insulated or sealed with asbestos are exempt from the requirements of subsection 141.0(b)2Dii.
Continuous Insulation R-value: R-8
U-factor : 0.082
Nonresidential
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Wood Framed and Others
R-11 insulation
NOTE:Factory made flexible air
ducts shall comply with UL 181
NOTE:Factory made flexible air ducts shall
comply with UL 181
DUCT
FLASHING
CLEAT
CLEAT
DUCT
CURB MIN.
4" HIGH
FLASHING
ROOFING
SPIRAL 18 GA.
FROM EXHAUST FAN
EXHAUST DUCT THRU ROOF
NOT TO SCALE
2
1CEILING DIFFUSER INSTALLATION -
3DUCT THRU ROOF DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
EXIT
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-2
A/
C
D
U
C
T
LA
Y
O
U
T
P
L
A
N
LEGEND :1
EF
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
(NEW)
1
CEILING EXHAUST FAN
"TRADE-WIND" VQT90 UNIT
CAPACITY 100 CFM @ .25" SP
PROVIDE UNIT WITH BACKDRAFT
DAMPER & ROOF JACK. ELECTRICAL:
120V, 100 WATT UNIT SHALL BE
CONTROLLED BY LIGHT SWITCH
UNIT APPROX. WEIGHT = 20 LBS.
DUCT SIZE SCHEDULE
NOTE :
A/C DUCT LAYOUT PLAN
EX ELECTRIC ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT DETAIL
ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL
EX CONDENSATE PIPE
1
2
3
CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES SHALL BE CONFIGURED OR PROVIDEDWITH A CLEANOUT TO PERMIT THE CLEARING OF BLOCKAGES ANDFOR MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE DRAIN LINE TO BECUT. CMC 310.3.1.
•
–
•
–
”
•
–
•
•
•
•
200 CFM10" Ø
EX AC
UNIT#1
20" Ø 14" Ø
14" Ø
12" Ø
10" Ø
16" Ø 16" Ø
700 CFM
14" Ø
12" Ø
200 CFM
10" Ø
200 CFM
10" Ø
300 CFM10" Ø
700 CFM
14" Ø
EF
(NEW)
1
300 CFM
10" Ø
300 CFM
10" Ø
300 CFM
10" Ø
14" Ø
14" Ø
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-3
TI
T
L
E
2
4
SHEET NO.
SCALE:
REVISIONS
DRAWING TITLE
DATE
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
/
A
D
D
R
E
S
S
NO.
-
TO
P
-
A
R
C
G
R
O
U
P
AR
C
H
I
T
E
C
T
U
R
A
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
F
I
R
M
PH
O
N
E
:
(
6
2
6
)
2
2
6
-
3
9
3
9
EM
A
I
L
:
Y
A
O
L
O
N
G
0
2
2
1
@
Y
A
H
O
O
.
C
O
M
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
AS NOTED
S.C.
MO
L
L
Y
T
E
A
11
3
0
S
.
B
a
l
d
w
i
n
A
v
e
.
,
#
A
5
,
Ar
c
a
d
i
a
,
C
A
9
1
0
0
7
E N S
LIC
C-40260
REN.01/31/25
A
L ICA
INFORS
E
TAT OF
YUBIN XIE
E D HCRA
C
T
T
E
I
M-4
TI
T
L
E
2
4